Mercurial > vim
annotate src/gui_gtk_x11.c @ 2209:d0ddf7ba1630 vim73
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Sat, 22 May 2010 18:28:27 +0200 |
| parents | 722e390945d7 |
| children | 8c6a66e2b3cc |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * Porting to GTK+ was done by: | |
| 12 * | |
| 70 | 13 * (C) 1998,1999,2000 by Marcin Dalecki <martin@dalecki.de> |
| 7 | 14 * |
| 15 * With GREAT support and continuous encouragements by Andy Kahn and of | |
| 16 * course Bram Moolenaar! | |
| 17 * | |
| 18 * Support for GTK+ 2 was added by: | |
| 19 * | |
| 20 * (C) 2002,2003 Jason Hildebrand <jason@peaceworks.ca> | |
| 21 * Daniel Elstner <daniel.elstner@gmx.net> | |
| 22 */ | |
| 23 | |
| 24 #include "vim.h" | |
| 1666 | 25 |
| 7 | 26 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME |
| 27 /* Gnome redefines _() and N_(). Grrr... */ | |
| 28 # ifdef _ | |
| 29 # undef _ | |
| 30 # endif | |
| 31 # ifdef N_ | |
| 32 # undef N_ | |
| 33 # endif | |
| 34 # ifdef textdomain | |
| 35 # undef textdomain | |
| 36 # endif | |
| 37 # ifdef bindtextdomain | |
| 38 # undef bindtextdomain | |
| 39 # endif | |
| 1286 | 40 # ifdef bind_textdomain_codeset |
| 41 # undef bind_textdomain_codeset | |
| 1226 | 42 # endif |
| 7 | 43 # if defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) && !defined(ENABLE_NLS) |
| 44 # define ENABLE_NLS /* so the texts in the dialog boxes are translated */ | |
| 45 # endif | |
| 46 # include <gnome.h> | |
| 47 # include "version.h" | |
| 798 | 48 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 |
| 49 /* missing prototype in bonobo-dock-item.h */ | |
| 50 extern void bonobo_dock_item_set_behavior(BonoboDockItem *dock_item, BonoboDockItemBehavior beh); | |
| 51 # endif | |
| 7 | 52 #endif |
| 53 | |
| 54 #if !defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) && defined(PROTO) | |
| 55 /* When generating prototypes we don't want syntax errors. */ | |
| 56 # define GdkAtom int | |
| 57 # define GdkEventExpose int | |
| 58 # define GdkEventFocus int | |
| 59 # define GdkEventVisibility int | |
| 60 # define GdkEventProperty int | |
| 61 # define GtkContainer int | |
| 62 # define GtkTargetEntry int | |
| 63 # define GtkType int | |
| 64 # define GtkWidget int | |
| 65 # define gint int | |
| 66 # define gpointer int | |
| 67 # define guint int | |
| 68 # define GdkEventKey int | |
| 69 # define GdkEventSelection int | |
| 70 # define GtkSelectionData int | |
| 71 # define GdkEventMotion int | |
| 72 # define GdkEventButton int | |
| 73 # define GdkDragContext int | |
| 74 # define GdkEventConfigure int | |
| 75 # define GdkEventClient int | |
| 76 #else | |
| 77 # include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> | |
| 78 # include <gdk/gdk.h> | |
| 79 # ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 80 # include <gdk/gdkwin32.h> | |
| 81 # else | |
| 82 # include <gdk/gdkx.h> | |
| 83 # endif | |
| 84 | |
| 85 # include <gtk/gtk.h> | |
| 86 # include "gui_gtk_f.h" | |
| 87 #endif | |
| 88 | |
| 89 #ifdef HAVE_X11_SUNKEYSYM_H | |
| 90 # include <X11/Sunkeysym.h> | |
| 91 #endif | |
| 92 | |
| 93 /* | |
| 94 * Easy-to-use macro for multihead support. | |
| 95 */ | |
| 96 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD | |
| 97 # define GET_X_ATOM(atom) gdk_x11_atom_to_xatom_for_display( \ | |
| 98 gtk_widget_get_display(gui.mainwin), atom) | |
| 99 #else | |
| 100 # define GET_X_ATOM(atom) ((Atom)(atom)) | |
| 101 #endif | |
| 102 | |
| 103 /* Selection type distinguishers */ | |
| 104 enum | |
| 105 { | |
| 106 TARGET_TYPE_NONE, | |
| 107 TARGET_UTF8_STRING, | |
| 108 TARGET_STRING, | |
| 109 TARGET_COMPOUND_TEXT, | |
| 1904 | 110 TARGET_HTML, |
| 7 | 111 TARGET_TEXT, |
| 112 TARGET_TEXT_URI_LIST, | |
| 113 TARGET_TEXT_PLAIN, | |
| 114 TARGET_VIM, | |
| 115 TARGET_VIMENC | |
| 116 }; | |
| 117 | |
| 118 /* | |
| 119 * Table of selection targets supported by Vim. | |
| 120 * Note: Order matters, preferred types should come first. | |
| 121 */ | |
| 122 static const GtkTargetEntry selection_targets[] = | |
| 123 { | |
| 124 {VIMENC_ATOM_NAME, 0, TARGET_VIMENC}, | |
| 125 {VIM_ATOM_NAME, 0, TARGET_VIM}, | |
| 126 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1904 | 127 {"text/html", 0, TARGET_HTML}, |
| 7 | 128 {"UTF8_STRING", 0, TARGET_UTF8_STRING}, |
| 129 #endif | |
| 130 {"COMPOUND_TEXT", 0, TARGET_COMPOUND_TEXT}, | |
| 131 {"TEXT", 0, TARGET_TEXT}, | |
| 132 {"STRING", 0, TARGET_STRING} | |
| 133 }; | |
| 134 #define N_SELECTION_TARGETS (sizeof(selection_targets) / sizeof(selection_targets[0])) | |
| 135 | |
| 136 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 137 /* | |
| 138 * Table of DnD targets supported by Vim. | |
| 139 * Note: Order matters, preferred types should come first. | |
| 140 */ | |
| 141 static const GtkTargetEntry dnd_targets[] = | |
| 142 { | |
| 143 {"text/uri-list", 0, TARGET_TEXT_URI_LIST}, | |
| 144 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1904 | 145 {"text/html", 0, TARGET_HTML}, |
| 7 | 146 {"UTF8_STRING", 0, TARGET_UTF8_STRING}, |
| 147 # endif | |
| 148 {"STRING", 0, TARGET_STRING}, | |
| 149 {"text/plain", 0, TARGET_TEXT_PLAIN} | |
| 150 }; | |
| 151 # define N_DND_TARGETS (sizeof(dnd_targets) / sizeof(dnd_targets[0])) | |
| 152 #endif | |
| 153 | |
| 154 | |
| 155 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 156 /* | |
| 157 * "Monospace" is a standard font alias that should be present | |
| 158 * on all proper Pango/fontconfig installations. | |
| 159 */ | |
| 160 # define DEFAULT_FONT "Monospace 10" | |
| 161 | |
| 162 #else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 163 /* | |
| 164 * This is the single only fixed width font in X11, which seems to be present | |
| 165 * on all servers and available in all the variants we need. | |
| 166 */ | |
| 167 # define DEFAULT_FONT "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-m-*-*-*" | |
| 168 | |
| 169 #endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 170 | |
| 171 #if !(defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION)) | |
| 172 /* | |
| 173 * Atoms used to communicate save-yourself from the X11 session manager. There | |
| 174 * is no need to move them into the GUI struct, since they should be constant. | |
| 175 */ | |
| 176 static GdkAtom wm_protocols_atom = GDK_NONE; | |
| 177 static GdkAtom save_yourself_atom = GDK_NONE; | |
| 178 #endif | |
| 179 | |
| 180 /* | |
| 181 * Atoms used to control/reference X11 selections. | |
| 182 */ | |
| 183 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1904 | 184 static GdkAtom html_atom = GDK_NONE; |
| 7 | 185 static GdkAtom utf8_string_atom = GDK_NONE; |
| 186 #endif | |
| 187 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 188 static GdkAtom compound_text_atom = GDK_NONE; | |
| 189 static GdkAtom text_atom = GDK_NONE; | |
| 190 #endif | |
| 191 static GdkAtom vim_atom = GDK_NONE; /* Vim's own special selection format */ | |
| 192 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 193 static GdkAtom vimenc_atom = GDK_NONE; /* Vim's extended selection format */ | |
| 194 #endif | |
| 195 | |
| 196 /* | |
| 197 * Keycodes recognized by vim. | |
| 198 * NOTE: when changing this, the table in gui_x11.c probably needs the same | |
| 199 * change! | |
| 200 */ | |
| 201 static struct special_key | |
| 202 { | |
| 203 guint key_sym; | |
| 204 char_u code0; | |
| 205 char_u code1; | |
| 206 } | |
| 207 const special_keys[] = | |
| 208 { | |
| 209 {GDK_Up, 'k', 'u'}, | |
| 210 {GDK_Down, 'k', 'd'}, | |
| 211 {GDK_Left, 'k', 'l'}, | |
| 212 {GDK_Right, 'k', 'r'}, | |
| 213 {GDK_F1, 'k', '1'}, | |
| 214 {GDK_F2, 'k', '2'}, | |
| 215 {GDK_F3, 'k', '3'}, | |
| 216 {GDK_F4, 'k', '4'}, | |
| 217 {GDK_F5, 'k', '5'}, | |
| 218 {GDK_F6, 'k', '6'}, | |
| 219 {GDK_F7, 'k', '7'}, | |
| 220 {GDK_F8, 'k', '8'}, | |
| 221 {GDK_F9, 'k', '9'}, | |
| 222 {GDK_F10, 'k', ';'}, | |
| 223 {GDK_F11, 'F', '1'}, | |
| 224 {GDK_F12, 'F', '2'}, | |
| 225 {GDK_F13, 'F', '3'}, | |
| 226 {GDK_F14, 'F', '4'}, | |
| 227 {GDK_F15, 'F', '5'}, | |
| 228 {GDK_F16, 'F', '6'}, | |
| 229 {GDK_F17, 'F', '7'}, | |
| 230 {GDK_F18, 'F', '8'}, | |
| 231 {GDK_F19, 'F', '9'}, | |
| 232 {GDK_F20, 'F', 'A'}, | |
| 233 {GDK_F21, 'F', 'B'}, | |
| 234 {GDK_Pause, 'F', 'B'}, /* Pause == F21 according to netbeans.txt */ | |
| 235 {GDK_F22, 'F', 'C'}, | |
| 236 {GDK_F23, 'F', 'D'}, | |
| 237 {GDK_F24, 'F', 'E'}, | |
| 238 {GDK_F25, 'F', 'F'}, | |
| 239 {GDK_F26, 'F', 'G'}, | |
| 240 {GDK_F27, 'F', 'H'}, | |
| 241 {GDK_F28, 'F', 'I'}, | |
| 242 {GDK_F29, 'F', 'J'}, | |
| 243 {GDK_F30, 'F', 'K'}, | |
| 244 {GDK_F31, 'F', 'L'}, | |
| 245 {GDK_F32, 'F', 'M'}, | |
| 246 {GDK_F33, 'F', 'N'}, | |
| 247 {GDK_F34, 'F', 'O'}, | |
| 248 {GDK_F35, 'F', 'P'}, | |
| 249 #ifdef SunXK_F36 | |
| 250 {SunXK_F36, 'F', 'Q'}, | |
| 251 {SunXK_F37, 'F', 'R'}, | |
| 252 #endif | |
| 253 {GDK_Help, '%', '1'}, | |
| 254 {GDK_Undo, '&', '8'}, | |
| 255 {GDK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, | |
| 256 {GDK_Insert, 'k', 'I'}, | |
| 257 {GDK_Delete, 'k', 'D'}, | |
| 258 {GDK_3270_BackTab, 'k', 'B'}, | |
| 259 {GDK_Clear, 'k', 'C'}, | |
| 260 {GDK_Home, 'k', 'h'}, | |
| 261 {GDK_End, '@', '7'}, | |
| 262 {GDK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, | |
| 263 {GDK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, | |
| 264 {GDK_Print, '%', '9'}, | |
| 265 /* Keypad keys: */ | |
| 266 {GDK_KP_Left, 'k', 'l'}, | |
| 267 {GDK_KP_Right, 'k', 'r'}, | |
| 268 {GDK_KP_Up, 'k', 'u'}, | |
| 269 {GDK_KP_Down, 'k', 'd'}, | |
| 270 {GDK_KP_Insert, KS_EXTRA, (char_u)KE_KINS}, | |
| 271 {GDK_KP_Delete, KS_EXTRA, (char_u)KE_KDEL}, | |
| 272 {GDK_KP_Home, 'K', '1'}, | |
| 273 {GDK_KP_End, 'K', '4'}, | |
| 274 {GDK_KP_Prior, 'K', '3'}, /* page up */ | |
| 275 {GDK_KP_Next, 'K', '5'}, /* page down */ | |
| 276 | |
| 277 {GDK_KP_Add, 'K', '6'}, | |
| 278 {GDK_KP_Subtract, 'K', '7'}, | |
| 279 {GDK_KP_Divide, 'K', '8'}, | |
| 280 {GDK_KP_Multiply, 'K', '9'}, | |
| 281 {GDK_KP_Enter, 'K', 'A'}, | |
| 282 {GDK_KP_Decimal, 'K', 'B'}, | |
| 283 | |
| 284 {GDK_KP_0, 'K', 'C'}, | |
| 285 {GDK_KP_1, 'K', 'D'}, | |
| 286 {GDK_KP_2, 'K', 'E'}, | |
| 287 {GDK_KP_3, 'K', 'F'}, | |
| 288 {GDK_KP_4, 'K', 'G'}, | |
| 289 {GDK_KP_5, 'K', 'H'}, | |
| 290 {GDK_KP_6, 'K', 'I'}, | |
| 291 {GDK_KP_7, 'K', 'J'}, | |
| 292 {GDK_KP_8, 'K', 'K'}, | |
| 293 {GDK_KP_9, 'K', 'L'}, | |
| 294 | |
| 295 /* End of list marker: */ | |
| 296 {0, 0, 0} | |
| 297 }; | |
| 298 | |
| 299 /* | |
| 300 * Flags for command line options table below. | |
| 301 */ | |
| 302 #define ARG_FONT 1 | |
| 303 #define ARG_GEOMETRY 2 | |
| 304 #define ARG_REVERSE 3 | |
| 305 #define ARG_NOREVERSE 4 | |
| 306 #define ARG_BACKGROUND 5 | |
| 307 #define ARG_FOREGROUND 6 | |
| 308 #define ARG_ICONIC 7 | |
| 309 #define ARG_ROLE 8 | |
| 310 #define ARG_NETBEANS 9 | |
| 311 #define ARG_XRM 10 /* ignored */ | |
| 312 #define ARG_MENUFONT 11 /* ignored */ | |
| 313 #define ARG_INDEX_MASK 0x00ff | |
| 314 #define ARG_HAS_VALUE 0x0100 /* a value is expected after the argument */ | |
| 315 #define ARG_NEEDS_GUI 0x0200 /* need to initialize the GUI for this */ | |
| 316 #define ARG_FOR_GTK 0x0400 /* argument is handled by GTK+ or GNOME */ | |
| 317 #define ARG_COMPAT_LONG 0x0800 /* accept -foo but substitute with --foo */ | |
| 318 #define ARG_KEEP 0x1000 /* don't remove argument from argv[] */ | |
| 319 | |
| 320 /* | |
| 321 * This table holds all the X GUI command line options allowed. This includes | |
| 322 * the standard ones so that we can skip them when Vim is started without the | |
| 323 * GUI (but the GUI might start up later). | |
| 324 * | |
| 325 * When changing this, also update doc/gui_x11.txt and the usage message!!! | |
| 326 */ | |
| 327 typedef struct | |
| 328 { | |
| 329 const char *name; | |
| 330 unsigned int flags; | |
| 331 } | |
| 332 cmdline_option_T; | |
| 333 | |
| 334 static const cmdline_option_T cmdline_options[] = | |
| 335 { | |
| 336 /* We handle these options ourselves */ | |
| 337 {"-fn", ARG_FONT|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 338 {"-font", ARG_FONT|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 339 {"-geom", ARG_GEOMETRY|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 340 {"-geometry", ARG_GEOMETRY|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 341 {"-rv", ARG_REVERSE}, | |
| 342 {"-reverse", ARG_REVERSE}, | |
| 343 {"+rv", ARG_NOREVERSE}, | |
| 344 {"+reverse", ARG_NOREVERSE}, | |
| 345 {"-bg", ARG_BACKGROUND|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 346 {"-background", ARG_BACKGROUND|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 347 {"-fg", ARG_FOREGROUND|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 348 {"-foreground", ARG_FOREGROUND|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 349 {"-iconic", ARG_ICONIC}, | |
| 350 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 351 {"--role", ARG_ROLE|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 352 #endif | |
| 353 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 354 {"-nb", ARG_NETBEANS}, /* non-standard value format */ | |
| 355 {"-xrm", ARG_XRM|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, /* not implemented */ | |
| 356 {"-mf", ARG_MENUFONT|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, /* not implemented */ | |
| 357 {"-menufont", ARG_MENUFONT|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, /* not implemented */ | |
| 358 #endif | |
| 359 #if 0 /* not implemented; these arguments don't make sense for GTK+ */ | |
| 360 {"-boldfont", ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 361 {"-italicfont", ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 362 {"-bw", ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 363 {"-borderwidth", ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 364 {"-sw", ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 365 {"-scrollbarwidth", ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 366 #endif | |
| 367 /* Arguments handled by GTK (and GNOME) internally. */ | |
| 368 {"--g-fatal-warnings", ARG_FOR_GTK}, | |
| 369 {"--gdk-debug", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 370 {"--gdk-no-debug", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 371 {"--gtk-debug", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 372 {"--gtk-no-debug", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 373 {"--gtk-module", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 374 {"--sync", ARG_FOR_GTK}, | |
| 375 {"--display", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE|ARG_COMPAT_LONG}, | |
| 376 {"--name", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE|ARG_COMPAT_LONG}, | |
| 377 {"--class", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE|ARG_COMPAT_LONG}, | |
| 378 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 379 {"--screen", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 380 {"--gxid-host", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 381 {"--gxid-port", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 382 #else /* these don't seem to exist anymore */ | |
| 383 {"--no-xshm", ARG_FOR_GTK}, | |
| 384 {"--xim-preedit", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 385 {"--xim-status", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 386 {"--gxid_host", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 387 {"--gxid_port", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 388 #endif | |
| 389 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME | |
| 390 {"--load-modules", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 391 {"--sm-client-id", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 392 {"--sm-config-prefix", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 393 {"--sm-disable", ARG_FOR_GTK}, | |
| 394 {"--oaf-ior-fd", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 395 {"--oaf-activate-iid", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 396 {"--oaf-private", ARG_FOR_GTK}, | |
| 397 {"--enable-sound", ARG_FOR_GTK}, | |
| 398 {"--disable-sound", ARG_FOR_GTK}, | |
| 399 {"--espeaker", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_HAS_VALUE}, | |
| 400 {"-?", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_NEEDS_GUI}, | |
| 401 {"--help", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_NEEDS_GUI|ARG_KEEP}, | |
| 402 {"--usage", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_NEEDS_GUI}, | |
| 403 # if 0 /* conflicts with Vim's own --version argument */ | |
| 404 {"--version", ARG_FOR_GTK|ARG_NEEDS_GUI}, | |
| 405 # endif | |
| 406 {"--disable-crash-dialog", ARG_FOR_GTK}, | |
| 407 #endif | |
| 408 {NULL, 0} | |
| 409 }; | |
| 410 | |
| 411 static int gui_argc = 0; | |
| 412 static char **gui_argv = NULL; | |
| 413 | |
| 414 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 415 static const char *role_argument = NULL; | |
| 416 #endif | |
| 417 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION) | |
| 418 static const char *restart_command = NULL; | |
| 1898 | 419 static char *abs_restart_command = NULL; |
| 7 | 420 #endif |
| 421 static int found_iconic_arg = FALSE; | |
| 422 | |
| 423 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME | |
| 424 /* | |
| 425 * Can't use Gnome if --socketid given | |
| 426 */ | |
| 427 static int using_gnome = 0; | |
| 428 #else | |
| 429 # define using_gnome 0 | |
| 430 #endif | |
| 431 | |
| 432 /* | |
| 433 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are | |
| 434 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called | |
| 435 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started. | |
| 436 */ | |
| 437 void | |
| 438 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv) | |
| 439 { | |
| 440 const cmdline_option_T *option; | |
| 441 int i = 0; | |
| 442 int len = 0; | |
| 443 | |
| 444 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION) | |
| 445 /* | |
| 446 * Determine the command used to invoke Vim, to be passed as restart | |
| 447 * command to the session manager. If argv[0] contains any directory | |
| 448 * components try building an absolute path, otherwise leave it as is. | |
| 449 */ | |
| 450 restart_command = argv[0]; | |
| 451 | |
| 452 if (strchr(argv[0], G_DIR_SEPARATOR) != NULL) | |
| 453 { | |
| 454 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 455 | |
| 456 if (mch_FullName((char_u *)argv[0], buf, (int)sizeof(buf), TRUE) == OK) | |
| 1898 | 457 { |
| 458 abs_restart_command = (char *)vim_strsave(buf); | |
| 459 restart_command = abs_restart_command; | |
| 460 } | |
| 7 | 461 } |
| 462 #endif | |
| 463 | |
| 464 /* | |
| 465 * Move all the entries in argv which are relevant to GTK+ and GNOME | |
| 466 * into gui_argv. Freed later in gui_mch_init(). | |
| 467 */ | |
| 468 gui_argc = 0; | |
| 469 gui_argv = (char **)alloc((unsigned)((*argc + 1) * sizeof(char *))); | |
| 470 | |
| 471 g_return_if_fail(gui_argv != NULL); | |
| 472 | |
| 473 gui_argv[gui_argc++] = argv[i++]; | |
| 474 | |
| 475 while (i < *argc) | |
| 476 { | |
| 477 /* Don't waste CPU cycles on non-option arguments. */ | |
| 478 if (argv[i][0] != '-' && argv[i][0] != '+') | |
| 479 { | |
| 480 ++i; | |
| 481 continue; | |
| 482 } | |
| 483 | |
| 484 /* Look for argv[i] in cmdline_options[] table. */ | |
| 485 for (option = &cmdline_options[0]; option->name != NULL; ++option) | |
| 486 { | |
| 487 len = strlen(option->name); | |
| 488 | |
| 489 if (strncmp(argv[i], option->name, len) == 0) | |
| 490 { | |
| 491 if (argv[i][len] == '\0') | |
| 492 break; | |
| 493 /* allow --foo=bar style */ | |
| 494 if (argv[i][len] == '=' && (option->flags & ARG_HAS_VALUE)) | |
| 495 break; | |
| 496 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 497 /* darn, -nb has non-standard syntax */ | |
| 498 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)":=", argv[i][len]) != NULL | |
| 499 && (option->flags & ARG_INDEX_MASK) == ARG_NETBEANS) | |
| 500 break; | |
| 501 #endif | |
| 502 } | |
| 503 else if ((option->flags & ARG_COMPAT_LONG) | |
| 504 && strcmp(argv[i], option->name + 1) == 0) | |
| 505 { | |
| 506 /* Replace the standard X arguments "-name" and "-display" | |
| 507 * with their GNU-style long option counterparts. */ | |
| 508 argv[i] = (char *)option->name; | |
| 509 break; | |
| 510 } | |
| 511 } | |
| 512 if (option->name == NULL) /* no match */ | |
| 513 { | |
| 514 ++i; | |
| 515 continue; | |
| 516 } | |
| 517 | |
| 518 if (option->flags & ARG_FOR_GTK) | |
| 519 { | |
| 520 /* Move the argument into gui_argv, which | |
| 521 * will later be passed to gtk_init_check() */ | |
| 522 gui_argv[gui_argc++] = argv[i]; | |
| 523 } | |
| 524 else | |
| 525 { | |
| 526 char *value = NULL; | |
| 527 | |
| 528 /* Extract the option's value if there is one. | |
| 529 * Accept both "--foo bar" and "--foo=bar" style. */ | |
| 530 if (option->flags & ARG_HAS_VALUE) | |
| 531 { | |
| 532 if (argv[i][len] == '=') | |
| 533 value = &argv[i][len + 1]; | |
| 534 else if (i + 1 < *argc && strcmp(argv[i + 1], "--") != 0) | |
| 535 value = argv[i + 1]; | |
| 536 } | |
| 537 | |
| 538 /* Check for options handled by Vim itself */ | |
| 539 switch (option->flags & ARG_INDEX_MASK) | |
| 540 { | |
| 541 case ARG_REVERSE: | |
| 542 found_reverse_arg = TRUE; | |
| 543 break; | |
| 544 case ARG_NOREVERSE: | |
| 545 found_reverse_arg = FALSE; | |
| 546 break; | |
| 547 case ARG_FONT: | |
| 548 font_argument = value; | |
| 549 break; | |
| 550 case ARG_GEOMETRY: | |
| 551 if (value != NULL) | |
| 552 gui.geom = vim_strsave((char_u *)value); | |
| 553 break; | |
| 554 case ARG_BACKGROUND: | |
| 555 background_argument = value; | |
| 556 break; | |
| 557 case ARG_FOREGROUND: | |
| 558 foreground_argument = value; | |
| 559 break; | |
| 560 case ARG_ICONIC: | |
| 561 found_iconic_arg = TRUE; | |
| 562 break; | |
| 563 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 564 case ARG_ROLE: | |
| 565 role_argument = value; /* used later in gui_mch_open() */ | |
| 566 break; | |
| 567 #endif | |
| 568 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 569 case ARG_NETBEANS: | |
| 570 ++usingNetbeans; | |
| 571 gui.dofork = FALSE; /* don't fork() when starting GUI */ | |
| 572 netbeansArg = argv[i]; | |
| 573 break; | |
| 574 #endif | |
| 575 default: | |
| 576 break; | |
| 577 } | |
| 578 } | |
| 579 | |
| 580 /* These arguments make gnome_program_init() print a message and exit. | |
| 581 * Must start the GUI for this, otherwise ":gui" will exit later! */ | |
| 582 if (option->flags & ARG_NEEDS_GUI) | |
| 583 gui.starting = TRUE; | |
| 584 | |
| 585 if (option->flags & ARG_KEEP) | |
| 586 ++i; | |
| 587 else | |
| 588 { | |
| 589 /* Remove the flag from the argument vector. */ | |
| 590 if (--*argc > i) | |
| 591 { | |
| 592 int n_strip = 1; | |
| 593 | |
| 594 /* Move the argument's value as well, if there is one. */ | |
| 595 if ((option->flags & ARG_HAS_VALUE) | |
| 596 && argv[i][len] != '=' | |
| 597 && strcmp(argv[i + 1], "--") != 0) | |
| 598 { | |
| 599 ++n_strip; | |
| 600 --*argc; | |
| 601 if (option->flags & ARG_FOR_GTK) | |
| 602 gui_argv[gui_argc++] = argv[i + 1]; | |
| 603 } | |
| 604 | |
| 605 if (*argc > i) | |
| 606 mch_memmove(&argv[i], &argv[i + n_strip], | |
| 607 (*argc - i) * sizeof(char *)); | |
| 608 } | |
| 609 argv[*argc] = NULL; | |
| 610 } | |
| 611 } | |
| 612 | |
| 613 gui_argv[gui_argc] = NULL; | |
| 614 } | |
| 615 | |
| 359 | 616 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 617 void | |
| 618 gui_mch_free_all() | |
| 619 { | |
| 620 vim_free(gui_argv); | |
| 1898 | 621 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION) |
| 622 vim_free(abs_restart_command); | |
| 623 #endif | |
| 359 | 624 } |
| 625 #endif | |
| 626 | |
| 7 | 627 /* |
| 628 * This should be maybe completely removed. | |
| 629 * Doesn't seem possible, since check_copy_area() relies on | |
| 630 * this information. --danielk | |
| 631 */ | |
| 632 static gint | |
| 1884 | 633 visibility_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, |
| 634 GdkEventVisibility *event, | |
| 635 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 636 { |
| 637 gui.visibility = event->state; | |
| 638 /* | |
| 639 * When we do an gdk_window_copy_area(), and the window is partially | |
| 640 * obscured, we want to receive an event to tell us whether it worked | |
| 641 * or not. | |
| 642 */ | |
| 643 if (gui.text_gc != NULL) | |
| 644 gdk_gc_set_exposures(gui.text_gc, | |
| 645 gui.visibility != GDK_VISIBILITY_UNOBSCURED); | |
| 646 return FALSE; | |
| 647 } | |
| 648 | |
| 649 /* | |
| 650 * Redraw the corresponding portions of the screen. | |
| 651 */ | |
| 652 static gint | |
| 1884 | 653 expose_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, |
| 654 GdkEventExpose *event, | |
| 655 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 656 { |
| 657 /* Skip this when the GUI isn't set up yet, will redraw later. */ | |
| 658 if (gui.starting) | |
| 659 return FALSE; | |
| 660 | |
| 661 out_flush(); /* make sure all output has been processed */ | |
| 662 gui_redraw(event->area.x, event->area.y, | |
| 663 event->area.width, event->area.height); | |
| 664 | |
| 665 /* Clear the border areas if needed */ | |
| 666 if (event->area.x < FILL_X(0)) | |
| 667 gdk_window_clear_area(gui.drawarea->window, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), 0); | |
| 668 if (event->area.y < FILL_Y(0)) | |
| 669 gdk_window_clear_area(gui.drawarea->window, 0, 0, 0, FILL_Y(0)); | |
| 670 if (event->area.x > FILL_X(Columns)) | |
| 671 gdk_window_clear_area(gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 672 FILL_X((int)Columns), 0, 0, 0); | |
| 673 if (event->area.y > FILL_Y(Rows)) | |
| 674 gdk_window_clear_area(gui.drawarea->window, 0, FILL_Y((int)Rows), 0, 0); | |
| 675 | |
| 676 return FALSE; | |
| 677 } | |
| 678 | |
| 679 #ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER | |
| 680 /* | |
| 681 * Handle changes to the "Comm" property | |
| 682 */ | |
| 683 static gint | |
| 1884 | 684 property_event(GtkWidget *widget, |
| 685 GdkEventProperty *event, | |
| 686 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 687 { |
| 688 if (event->type == GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY | |
| 689 && event->state == (int)GDK_PROPERTY_NEW_VALUE | |
| 690 && GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(event->window) == commWindow | |
| 691 && GET_X_ATOM(event->atom) == commProperty) | |
| 692 { | |
| 693 XEvent xev; | |
| 694 | |
| 695 /* Translate to XLib */ | |
| 696 xev.xproperty.type = PropertyNotify; | |
| 697 xev.xproperty.atom = commProperty; | |
| 698 xev.xproperty.window = commWindow; | |
| 699 xev.xproperty.state = PropertyNewValue; | |
| 700 serverEventProc(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(widget->window), &xev); | |
| 701 | |
| 702 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 703 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 704 } | |
| 705 return FALSE; | |
| 706 } | |
| 707 #endif | |
| 708 | |
| 709 | |
| 710 /**************************************************************************** | |
| 711 * Focus handlers: | |
| 712 */ | |
| 713 | |
| 714 | |
| 715 /* | |
| 716 * This is a simple state machine: | |
| 717 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all | |
| 718 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown | |
| 719 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown | |
| 720 */ | |
| 721 | |
| 722 #define BLINK_NONE 0 | |
| 723 #define BLINK_OFF 1 | |
| 724 #define BLINK_ON 2 | |
| 725 | |
| 726 static int blink_state = BLINK_NONE; | |
| 727 static long_u blink_waittime = 700; | |
| 728 static long_u blink_ontime = 400; | |
| 729 static long_u blink_offtime = 250; | |
| 730 static guint blink_timer = 0; | |
| 731 | |
| 732 void | |
| 733 gui_mch_set_blinking(long waittime, long on, long off) | |
| 734 { | |
| 735 blink_waittime = waittime; | |
| 736 blink_ontime = on; | |
| 737 blink_offtime = off; | |
| 738 } | |
| 739 | |
| 740 /* | |
| 741 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown. | |
| 742 */ | |
| 743 void | |
| 744 gui_mch_stop_blink(void) | |
| 745 { | |
| 746 if (blink_timer) | |
| 747 { | |
| 748 gtk_timeout_remove(blink_timer); | |
| 749 blink_timer = 0; | |
| 750 } | |
| 751 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF) | |
| 752 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 753 blink_state = BLINK_NONE; | |
| 754 } | |
| 755 | |
| 756 static gint | |
| 1884 | 757 blink_cb(gpointer data UNUSED) |
| 7 | 758 { |
| 759 if (blink_state == BLINK_ON) | |
| 760 { | |
| 761 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 762 blink_state = BLINK_OFF; | |
| 763 blink_timer = gtk_timeout_add((guint32)blink_offtime, | |
| 764 (GtkFunction) blink_cb, NULL); | |
| 765 } | |
| 766 else | |
| 767 { | |
| 768 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 769 blink_state = BLINK_ON; | |
| 770 blink_timer = gtk_timeout_add((guint32)blink_ontime, | |
| 771 (GtkFunction) blink_cb, NULL); | |
| 772 } | |
| 773 | |
| 774 return FALSE; /* don't happen again */ | |
| 775 } | |
| 776 | |
| 777 /* | |
| 778 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the | |
| 779 * waiting time and shows the cursor. | |
| 780 */ | |
| 781 void | |
| 782 gui_mch_start_blink(void) | |
| 783 { | |
| 784 if (blink_timer) | |
| 785 gtk_timeout_remove(blink_timer); | |
| 786 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */ | |
| 787 if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime && gui.in_focus) | |
| 788 { | |
| 789 blink_timer = gtk_timeout_add((guint32)blink_waittime, | |
| 790 (GtkFunction) blink_cb, NULL); | |
| 791 blink_state = BLINK_ON; | |
| 792 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 793 } | |
| 794 } | |
| 795 | |
| 796 static gint | |
| 1884 | 797 enter_notify_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, |
| 798 GdkEventCrossing *event UNUSED, | |
| 799 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 800 { |
| 801 if (blink_state == BLINK_NONE) | |
| 802 gui_mch_start_blink(); | |
| 803 | |
| 804 /* make sure keyboard input goes there */ | |
| 805 if (gtk_socket_id == 0 || !GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS(gui.drawarea)) | |
| 806 gtk_widget_grab_focus(gui.drawarea); | |
| 807 | |
| 808 return FALSE; | |
| 809 } | |
| 810 | |
| 811 static gint | |
| 1884 | 812 leave_notify_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, |
| 813 GdkEventCrossing *event UNUSED, | |
| 814 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 815 { |
| 816 if (blink_state != BLINK_NONE) | |
| 817 gui_mch_stop_blink(); | |
| 818 | |
| 819 return FALSE; | |
| 820 } | |
| 821 | |
| 822 static gint | |
| 1884 | 823 focus_in_event(GtkWidget *widget, |
| 824 GdkEventFocus *event UNUSED, | |
| 825 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 826 { |
| 827 gui_focus_change(TRUE); | |
| 828 | |
| 829 if (blink_state == BLINK_NONE) | |
| 830 gui_mch_start_blink(); | |
| 831 | |
| 1380 | 832 /* make sure keyboard input goes to the draw area (if this is focus for a |
| 833 * window) */ | |
| 791 | 834 if (widget != gui.drawarea) |
| 856 | 835 gtk_widget_grab_focus(gui.drawarea); |
| 7 | 836 |
| 1380 | 837 /* make sure the input buffer is read */ |
| 838 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 839 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 840 | |
| 7 | 841 return TRUE; |
| 842 } | |
| 843 | |
| 844 static gint | |
| 1884 | 845 focus_out_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, |
| 846 GdkEventFocus *event UNUSED, | |
| 847 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 848 { |
| 849 gui_focus_change(FALSE); | |
| 850 | |
| 851 if (blink_state != BLINK_NONE) | |
| 852 gui_mch_stop_blink(); | |
| 853 | |
| 1380 | 854 /* make sure the input buffer is read */ |
| 855 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 856 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 857 | |
| 7 | 858 return TRUE; |
| 859 } | |
| 860 | |
| 861 | |
| 862 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 863 /* | |
| 864 * Translate a GDK key value to UTF-8 independently of the current locale. | |
| 865 * The output is written to string, which must have room for at least 6 bytes | |
| 866 * plus the NUL terminator. Returns the length in bytes. | |
| 867 * | |
| 868 * This function is used in the GTK+ 2 GUI only. The GTK+ 1 code makes use | |
| 869 * of GdkEventKey::string instead. But event->string is evil; see here why: | |
| 870 * http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/gdk/gdk-Event-Structures.html#GdkEventKey | |
| 871 */ | |
| 872 static int | |
| 873 keyval_to_string(unsigned int keyval, unsigned int state, char_u *string) | |
| 874 { | |
| 875 int len; | |
| 876 guint32 uc; | |
| 877 | |
| 878 uc = gdk_keyval_to_unicode(keyval); | |
| 879 if (uc != 0) | |
| 880 { | |
| 881 /* Check for CTRL-foo */ | |
| 882 if ((state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) && uc >= 0x20 && uc < 0x80) | |
| 883 { | |
| 884 /* These mappings look arbitrary at the first glance, but in fact | |
| 885 * resemble quite exactly the behaviour of the GTK+ 1.2 GUI on my | |
| 886 * machine. The only difference is BS vs. DEL for CTRL-8 (makes | |
| 887 * more sense and is consistent with usual terminal behaviour). */ | |
| 888 if (uc >= '@') | |
| 889 string[0] = uc & 0x1F; | |
| 890 else if (uc == '2') | |
| 891 string[0] = NUL; | |
| 892 else if (uc >= '3' && uc <= '7') | |
| 893 string[0] = uc ^ 0x28; | |
| 894 else if (uc == '8') | |
| 895 string[0] = BS; | |
| 896 else if (uc == '?') | |
| 897 string[0] = DEL; | |
| 898 else | |
| 899 string[0] = uc; | |
| 900 len = 1; | |
| 901 } | |
| 902 else | |
| 903 { | |
| 904 /* Translate a normal key to UTF-8. This doesn't work for dead | |
| 905 * keys of course, you _have_ to use an input method for that. */ | |
| 906 len = utf_char2bytes((int)uc, string); | |
| 907 } | |
| 908 } | |
| 909 else | |
| 910 { | |
| 911 /* Translate keys which are represented by ASCII control codes in Vim. | |
| 912 * There are only a few of those; most control keys are translated to | |
| 913 * special terminal-like control sequences. */ | |
| 914 len = 1; | |
| 915 switch (keyval) | |
| 916 { | |
| 917 case GDK_Tab: case GDK_KP_Tab: case GDK_ISO_Left_Tab: | |
| 918 string[0] = TAB; | |
| 919 break; | |
| 920 case GDK_Linefeed: | |
| 921 string[0] = NL; | |
| 922 break; | |
| 923 case GDK_Return: case GDK_ISO_Enter: case GDK_3270_Enter: | |
| 924 string[0] = CAR; | |
| 925 break; | |
| 926 case GDK_Escape: | |
| 927 string[0] = ESC; | |
| 928 break; | |
| 929 default: | |
| 930 len = 0; | |
| 931 break; | |
| 932 } | |
| 933 } | |
| 934 string[len] = NUL; | |
| 935 | |
| 936 return len; | |
| 937 } | |
| 938 #endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 939 | |
| 179 | 940 static int |
| 941 modifiers_gdk2vim(guint state) | |
| 942 { | |
| 943 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 944 | |
| 945 if (state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK) | |
| 946 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 947 if (state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) | |
| 948 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 949 if (state & GDK_MOD1_MASK) | |
| 950 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
|
2188
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
951 #ifdef GDK_SUPER_MASK |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
952 if (state & GDK_SUPER_MASK) |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
953 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_META; |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
954 #endif |
| 179 | 955 if (state & GDK_MOD4_MASK) |
| 956 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_META; | |
| 957 | |
| 958 return modifiers; | |
| 959 } | |
| 960 | |
| 961 static int | |
| 962 modifiers_gdk2mouse(guint state) | |
| 963 { | |
| 964 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 965 | |
| 966 if (state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK) | |
| 967 modifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 968 if (state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) | |
| 969 modifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 970 if (state & GDK_MOD1_MASK) | |
| 971 modifiers |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 972 | |
| 973 return modifiers; | |
| 974 } | |
| 975 | |
| 7 | 976 /* |
| 977 * Main keyboard handler: | |
| 978 */ | |
| 979 static gint | |
| 1884 | 980 key_press_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, |
| 981 GdkEventKey *event, | |
| 982 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 983 { |
| 984 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 985 /* 256 bytes is way over the top, but for safety let's reduce it only | |
| 986 * for GTK+ 2 where we know for sure how large the string might get. | |
| 987 * (That is, up to 6 bytes + NUL + CSI escapes + safety measure.) */ | |
| 988 char_u string[32], string2[32]; | |
| 989 #else | |
| 990 char_u string[256], string2[256]; | |
| 991 #endif | |
| 992 guint key_sym; | |
| 993 int len; | |
| 994 int i; | |
| 995 int modifiers; | |
| 996 int key; | |
| 997 guint state; | |
| 998 char_u *s, *d; | |
| 999 | |
| 1000 key_sym = event->keyval; | |
| 1001 state = event->state; | |
| 1002 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 /* deprecated */ | |
| 1003 len = event->length; | |
| 1004 g_assert(len <= sizeof(string)); | |
| 1005 #endif | |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 1008 /* | |
| 1009 * It appears as if we always want to consume a key-press (there currently | |
| 1010 * aren't any 'return FALSE's), so we always do this: when running in a | |
| 1011 * GtkPlug and not a window, we must prevent emission of the key_press | |
| 1012 * EVENT from continuing (which is 'beyond' the level of stopping mere | |
| 1013 * signals by returning FALSE), otherwise things like tab/cursor-keys are | |
| 1014 * processed by the GtkPlug default handler, which moves input focus away | |
| 1015 * from us! | |
| 1016 * Note: This should no longer be necessary with GTK+ 2. | |
| 1017 */ | |
| 1018 if (gtk_socket_id != 0) | |
| 1019 gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name(GTK_OBJECT(widget), "key_press_event"); | |
| 1020 #endif | |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 #ifdef FEAT_XIM | |
| 1023 if (xim_queue_key_press_event(event, TRUE)) | |
| 1024 return TRUE; | |
| 1025 #endif | |
| 1026 | |
| 1027 #ifdef FEAT_HANGULIN | |
| 1028 if (key_sym == GDK_space && (state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK)) | |
| 1029 { | |
| 1030 hangul_input_state_toggle(); | |
| 1031 return TRUE; | |
| 1032 } | |
| 1033 #endif | |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 #ifdef SunXK_F36 | |
| 1036 /* | |
| 1037 * These keys have bogus lookup strings, and trapping them here is | |
| 1038 * easier than trying to XRebindKeysym() on them with every possible | |
| 1039 * combination of modifiers. | |
| 1040 */ | |
| 1041 if (key_sym == SunXK_F36 || key_sym == SunXK_F37) | |
| 1042 len = 0; | |
| 1043 else | |
| 1044 #endif | |
| 1045 { | |
| 1046 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 1047 len = keyval_to_string(key_sym, state, string2); | |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 /* Careful: convert_input() doesn't handle the NUL character. | |
| 1050 * No need to convert pure ASCII anyway, thus the len > 1 check. */ | |
| 1051 if (len > 1 && input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 1052 len = convert_input(string2, len, sizeof(string2)); | |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 s = string2; | |
| 1055 #else | |
| 1056 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1057 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 1058 { | |
| 1059 mch_memmove(string2, event->string, len); | |
| 1060 len = convert_input(string2, len, sizeof(string2)); | |
| 1061 s = string2; | |
| 1062 } | |
| 1063 else | |
| 1064 # endif | |
| 1065 s = (char_u *)event->string; | |
| 1066 #endif | |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 d = string; | |
| 1069 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 1070 { | |
| 1071 *d++ = s[i]; | |
| 1072 if (d[-1] == CSI && d + 2 < string + sizeof(string)) | |
| 1073 { | |
| 1074 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */ | |
| 1075 *d++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 1076 *d++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 1077 } | |
| 1078 } | |
| 1079 len = d - string; | |
| 1080 } | |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 /* Shift-Tab results in Left_Tab, but we want <S-Tab> */ | |
| 1083 if (key_sym == GDK_ISO_Left_Tab) | |
| 1084 { | |
| 1085 key_sym = GDK_Tab; | |
| 1086 state |= GDK_SHIFT_MASK; | |
| 1087 } | |
| 1088 | |
| 1089 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 /* for GTK+ 2, we handle this in keyval_to_string() */ | |
| 1090 if ((key_sym == GDK_2 || key_sym == GDK_at) && (state & GDK_CONTROL_MASK)) | |
| 1091 { | |
| 1092 string[0] = NUL; /* CTRL-2 and CTRL-@ is NUL */ | |
| 1093 len = 1; | |
| 1094 } | |
| 1095 else if (len == 0 && (key_sym == GDK_space || key_sym == GDK_Tab)) | |
| 1096 { | |
| 1097 /* When there are modifiers, these keys get zero length; we need the | |
| 1098 * original key here to be able to add a modifier below. */ | |
| 1099 string[0] = (key_sym & 0xff); | |
| 1100 len = 1; | |
| 1101 } | |
| 1102 #endif | |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 1105 /* If there is a menu and 'wak' is "yes", or 'wak' is "menu" and the key | |
| 1106 * is a menu shortcut, we ignore everything with the ALT modifier. */ | |
| 1107 if ((state & GDK_MOD1_MASK) | |
| 1108 && gui.menu_is_active | |
| 1109 && (*p_wak == 'y' | |
| 1110 || (*p_wak == 'm' | |
| 1111 && len == 1 | |
| 1112 && gui_is_menu_shortcut(string[0])))) | |
| 1113 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 1114 /* For GTK2 we return false to signify that we haven't handled the | |
| 1115 * keypress, so that gtk will handle the mnemonic or accelerator. */ | |
| 1116 return FALSE; | |
| 1117 # else | |
| 1118 return TRUE; | |
| 1119 # endif | |
| 1120 #endif | |
| 1121 | |
| 1122 /* Check for Alt/Meta key (Mod1Mask), but not for a BS, DEL or character | |
| 1123 * that already has the 8th bit set. | |
| 1124 * Don't do this for <S-M-Tab>, that should become K_S_TAB with ALT. | |
| 1125 * Don't do this for double-byte encodings, it turns the char into a lead | |
| 1126 * byte. */ | |
| 1127 if (len == 1 | |
|
2188
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
1128 && ((state & GDK_MOD1_MASK) |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
1129 #ifdef GDK_SUPER_MASK |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
1130 || (state & GDK_SUPER_MASK) |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
1131 #endif |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
1132 ) |
| 7 | 1133 && !(key_sym == GDK_BackSpace || key_sym == GDK_Delete) |
| 1134 && (string[0] & 0x80) == 0 | |
| 1135 && !(key_sym == GDK_Tab && (state & GDK_SHIFT_MASK)) | |
| 1136 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1137 && !enc_dbcs | |
| 1138 #endif | |
| 1139 ) | |
| 1140 { | |
| 1141 string[0] |= 0x80; | |
| 1142 state &= ~GDK_MOD1_MASK; /* don't use it again */ | |
| 1143 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1144 if (enc_utf8) /* convert to utf-8 */ | |
| 1145 { | |
| 1146 string[1] = string[0] & 0xbf; | |
| 1147 string[0] = ((unsigned)string[0] >> 6) + 0xc0; | |
| 1148 if (string[1] == CSI) | |
| 1149 { | |
| 1150 string[2] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 1151 string[3] = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 1152 len = 4; | |
| 1153 } | |
| 1154 else | |
| 1155 len = 2; | |
| 1156 } | |
| 1157 #endif | |
| 1158 } | |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 /* Check for special keys. Also do this when len == 1 (key has an ASCII | |
| 1161 * value) to detect backspace, delete and keypad keys. */ | |
| 1162 if (len == 0 || len == 1) | |
| 1163 { | |
| 1164 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != 0; i++) | |
| 1165 { | |
| 1166 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 1167 { | |
| 1168 string[0] = CSI; | |
| 1169 string[1] = special_keys[i].code0; | |
| 1170 string[2] = special_keys[i].code1; | |
| 1171 len = -3; | |
| 1172 break; | |
| 1173 } | |
| 1174 } | |
| 1175 } | |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 if (len == 0) /* Unrecognized key */ | |
| 1178 return TRUE; | |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) && !defined(HAVE_GTK2) | |
| 1181 /* Cancel or type backspace. For GTK2, im_commit_cb() does the same. */ | |
| 1182 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL; | |
| 1183 xim_changed_while_preediting = TRUE; | |
| 1184 #endif | |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 /* Special keys (and a few others) may have modifiers. Also when using a | |
| 1187 * double-byte encoding (can't set the 8th bit). */ | |
| 1188 if (len == -3 || key_sym == GDK_space || key_sym == GDK_Tab | |
| 1189 || key_sym == GDK_Return || key_sym == GDK_Linefeed | |
| 1190 || key_sym == GDK_Escape || key_sym == GDK_KP_Tab | |
| 1191 || key_sym == GDK_ISO_Enter || key_sym == GDK_3270_Enter | |
| 1192 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
|
2188
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
1193 || (enc_dbcs && len == 1 && ((state & GDK_MOD1_MASK) |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
1194 # ifdef GDK_SUPER_MASK |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
1195 || (state & GDK_SUPER_MASK) |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
1196 # endif |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
1197 )) |
| 7 | 1198 #endif |
| 1199 ) | |
| 1200 { | |
| 179 | 1201 modifiers = modifiers_gdk2vim(state); |
| 7 | 1202 |
| 1203 /* | |
| 1204 * For some keys a shift modifier is translated into another key | |
| 1205 * code. | |
| 1206 */ | |
| 1207 if (len == -3) | |
| 1208 key = TO_SPECIAL(string[1], string[2]); | |
| 1209 else | |
| 1210 key = string[0]; | |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers); | |
| 1213 if (key == CSI) | |
| 1214 key = K_CSI; | |
| 1215 if (IS_SPECIAL(key)) | |
| 1216 { | |
| 1217 string[0] = CSI; | |
| 1218 string[1] = K_SECOND(key); | |
| 1219 string[2] = K_THIRD(key); | |
| 1220 len = 3; | |
| 1221 } | |
| 1222 else | |
| 1223 { | |
| 1224 string[0] = key; | |
| 1225 len = 1; | |
| 1226 } | |
| 1227 | |
| 1228 if (modifiers != 0) | |
| 1229 { | |
| 1230 string2[0] = CSI; | |
| 1231 string2[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 1232 string2[2] = modifiers; | |
| 1233 add_to_input_buf(string2, 3); | |
| 1234 } | |
| 1235 } | |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 if (len == 1 && ((string[0] == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts) | |
| 1238 || (string[0] == intr_char && intr_char != Ctrl_C))) | |
| 1239 { | |
| 1240 trash_input_buf(); | |
| 1241 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 1242 } | |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 add_to_input_buf(string, len); | |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 /* blank out the pointer if necessary */ | |
| 1247 if (p_mh) | |
| 1248 gui_mch_mousehide(TRUE); | |
| 1249 | |
| 1250 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 1251 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 return TRUE; | |
| 1254 } | |
| 1255 | |
| 1256 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(HAVE_GTK2) | |
| 1257 static gboolean | |
| 1884 | 1258 key_release_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, |
| 1259 GdkEventKey *event, | |
| 1260 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 1261 { |
| 1262 /* | |
| 1263 * GTK+ 2 input methods may do fancy stuff on key release events too. | |
| 1264 * With the default IM for instance, you can enter any UCS code point | |
| 1265 * by holding down CTRL-SHIFT and typing hexadecimal digits. | |
| 1266 */ | |
| 1267 return xim_queue_key_press_event(event, FALSE); | |
| 1268 } | |
| 1269 #endif | |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 /**************************************************************************** | |
| 1273 * Selection handlers: | |
| 1274 */ | |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 static gint | |
| 1884 | 1277 selection_clear_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, |
| 7 | 1278 GdkEventSelection *event, |
| 1884 | 1279 gpointer user_data UNUSED) |
| 7 | 1280 { |
| 1281 if (event->selection == clip_plus.gtk_sel_atom) | |
| 1282 clip_lose_selection(&clip_plus); | |
| 1283 else | |
| 1284 clip_lose_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 1285 | |
| 1286 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 1287 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 1288 | |
| 1289 return TRUE; | |
| 1290 } | |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 #define RS_NONE 0 /* selection_received_cb() not called yet */ | |
| 1293 #define RS_OK 1 /* selection_received_cb() called and OK */ | |
| 1294 #define RS_FAIL 2 /* selection_received_cb() called and failed */ | |
| 1295 static int received_selection = RS_NONE; | |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 static void | |
| 1884 | 1298 selection_received_cb(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, |
| 7 | 1299 GtkSelectionData *data, |
| 1884 | 1300 guint time_ UNUSED, |
| 1301 gpointer user_data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 1302 { |
| 1303 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
| 1304 char_u *text; | |
| 1305 char_u *tmpbuf = NULL; | |
| 1306 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 1307 guchar *tmpbuf_utf8 = NULL; | |
| 1308 #endif | |
| 1309 int len; | |
| 1310 int motion_type; | |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 if (data->selection == clip_plus.gtk_sel_atom) | |
| 1313 cbd = &clip_plus; | |
| 1314 else | |
| 1315 cbd = &clip_star; | |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 text = (char_u *)data->data; | |
| 1318 len = data->length; | |
| 1319 motion_type = MCHAR; | |
| 1320 | |
| 1321 if (text == NULL || len <= 0) | |
| 1322 { | |
| 1323 received_selection = RS_FAIL; | |
| 1324 /* clip_free_selection(cbd); ??? */ | |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 1327 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 return; | |
| 1330 } | |
| 1331 | |
| 1332 if (data->type == vim_atom) | |
| 1333 { | |
| 1334 motion_type = *text++; | |
| 1335 --len; | |
| 1336 } | |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1339 else if (data->type == vimenc_atom) | |
| 1340 { | |
| 1341 char_u *enc; | |
| 1342 vimconv_T conv; | |
| 1343 | |
| 1344 motion_type = *text++; | |
| 1345 --len; | |
| 1346 | |
| 1347 enc = text; | |
| 1348 text += STRLEN(text) + 1; | |
| 1349 len -= text - enc; | |
| 1350 | |
| 1351 /* If the encoding of the text is different from 'encoding', attempt | |
| 1352 * converting it. */ | |
| 1353 conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
| 1354 convert_setup(&conv, enc, p_enc); | |
| 1355 if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 1356 { | |
| 1357 tmpbuf = string_convert(&conv, text, &len); | |
| 1358 if (tmpbuf != NULL) | |
| 1359 text = tmpbuf; | |
| 1360 convert_setup(&conv, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1361 } | |
| 1362 } | |
| 1363 #endif | |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 1366 /* gtk_selection_data_get_text() handles all the nasty details | |
| 1367 * and targets and encodings etc. This rocks so hard. */ | |
| 1368 else | |
| 1369 { | |
| 1370 tmpbuf_utf8 = gtk_selection_data_get_text(data); | |
| 1371 if (tmpbuf_utf8 != NULL) | |
| 1372 { | |
| 1373 len = STRLEN(tmpbuf_utf8); | |
| 1374 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 1375 { | |
| 1376 tmpbuf = string_convert(&input_conv, tmpbuf_utf8, &len); | |
| 1377 if (tmpbuf != NULL) | |
| 1378 text = tmpbuf; | |
| 1379 } | |
| 1380 else | |
| 1381 text = tmpbuf_utf8; | |
| 1382 } | |
| 1904 | 1383 else if (len >= 2 && text[0] == 0xff && text[1] == 0xfe) |
| 1384 { | |
| 1385 vimconv_T conv; | |
| 1386 | |
| 1387 /* UTF-16, we get this for HTML */ | |
| 1388 conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
| 1389 convert_setup_ext(&conv, (char_u *)"utf-16le", FALSE, p_enc, TRUE); | |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 1392 { | |
| 1393 text += 2; | |
| 1394 len -= 2; | |
| 1395 tmpbuf = string_convert(&conv, text, &len); | |
| 1396 convert_setup(&conv, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1397 } | |
| 1398 if (tmpbuf != NULL) | |
| 1399 text = tmpbuf; | |
| 1400 } | |
| 7 | 1401 } |
| 1402 #else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 1403 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1404 else if (data->type == utf8_string_atom) | |
| 1405 { | |
| 1406 vimconv_T conv; | |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
| 1409 convert_setup(&conv, (char_u *)"utf-8", p_enc); | |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 1412 { | |
| 1413 tmpbuf = string_convert(&conv, text, &len); | |
| 1414 convert_setup(&conv, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1415 } | |
| 1416 if (tmpbuf != NULL) | |
| 1417 text = tmpbuf; | |
| 1418 } | |
| 1419 # endif | |
| 1420 else if (data->type == compound_text_atom || data->type == text_atom) | |
| 1421 { | |
| 1422 char **list = NULL; | |
| 1423 int count; | |
| 1424 int i; | |
| 1425 unsigned tmplen = 0; | |
| 1426 | |
| 1427 count = gdk_text_property_to_text_list(data->type, data->format, | |
| 1428 data->data, data->length, | |
| 1429 &list); | |
| 1430 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
| 1431 tmplen += strlen(list[i]); | |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 tmpbuf = alloc(tmplen + 1); | |
| 1434 if (tmpbuf != NULL) | |
| 1435 { | |
| 1436 tmpbuf[0] = NUL; | |
| 1437 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
| 1438 STRCAT(tmpbuf, list[i]); | |
| 1439 text = tmpbuf; | |
| 1440 len = tmplen; | |
| 1441 } | |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 if (list != NULL) | |
| 1444 gdk_free_text_list(list); | |
| 1445 } | |
| 1446 #endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 clip_yank_selection(motion_type, text, (long)len, cbd); | |
| 1449 received_selection = RS_OK; | |
| 1450 vim_free(tmpbuf); | |
| 1451 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 1452 g_free(tmpbuf_utf8); | |
| 1453 #endif | |
| 1454 | |
| 1455 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 1456 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 1457 } | |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 /* | |
| 1460 * Prepare our selection data for passing it to the external selection | |
| 1461 * client. | |
| 1462 */ | |
| 1463 static void | |
| 1884 | 1464 selection_get_cb(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, |
| 7 | 1465 GtkSelectionData *selection_data, |
| 1466 guint info, | |
| 1884 | 1467 guint time_ UNUSED, |
| 1468 gpointer user_data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 1469 { |
| 1470 char_u *string; | |
| 1471 char_u *tmpbuf; | |
| 1472 long_u tmplen; | |
| 1473 int length; | |
| 1474 int motion_type; | |
| 1475 GdkAtom type; | |
| 1476 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 if (selection_data->selection == clip_plus.gtk_sel_atom) | |
| 1479 cbd = &clip_plus; | |
| 1480 else | |
| 1481 cbd = &clip_star; | |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 if (!cbd->owned) | |
| 1484 return; /* Shouldn't ever happen */ | |
| 1485 | |
| 1486 if (info != (guint)TARGET_STRING | |
| 1487 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1904 | 1488 && (!clip_html || info != (guint)TARGET_HTML) |
| 7 | 1489 && info != (guint)TARGET_UTF8_STRING |
| 1490 && info != (guint)TARGET_VIMENC | |
| 1491 #endif | |
| 1492 && info != (guint)TARGET_VIM | |
| 1493 && info != (guint)TARGET_COMPOUND_TEXT | |
| 1494 && info != (guint)TARGET_TEXT) | |
| 1495 return; | |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 /* get the selection from the '*'/'+' register */ | |
| 1498 clip_get_selection(cbd); | |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 motion_type = clip_convert_selection(&string, &tmplen, cbd); | |
| 1501 if (motion_type < 0 || string == NULL) | |
| 1502 return; | |
| 1503 /* Due to int arguments we can't handle more than G_MAXINT. Also | |
| 1504 * reserve one extra byte for NUL or the motion type; just in case. | |
| 1505 * (Not that pasting 2G of text is ever going to work, but... ;-) */ | |
| 1506 length = MIN(tmplen, (long_u)(G_MAXINT - 1)); | |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 if (info == (guint)TARGET_VIM) | |
| 1509 { | |
| 1510 tmpbuf = alloc((unsigned)length + 1); | |
| 1511 if (tmpbuf != NULL) | |
| 1512 { | |
| 1513 tmpbuf[0] = motion_type; | |
| 1514 mch_memmove(tmpbuf + 1, string, (size_t)length); | |
| 1515 } | |
| 1516 /* For our own format, the first byte contains the motion type */ | |
| 1517 ++length; | |
| 1518 vim_free(string); | |
| 1519 string = tmpbuf; | |
| 1520 type = vim_atom; | |
| 1521 } | |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1904 | 1524 else if (info == (guint)TARGET_HTML) |
| 1525 { | |
| 1526 vimconv_T conv; | |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 /* Since we get utf-16, we probably should set it as well. */ | |
| 1529 conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
| 1530 convert_setup_ext(&conv, p_enc, TRUE, (char_u *)"utf-16le", FALSE); | |
| 1531 if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 1532 { | |
| 1533 tmpbuf = string_convert(&conv, string, &length); | |
| 1534 convert_setup(&conv, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1535 vim_free(string); | |
| 1536 string = tmpbuf; | |
| 1537 } | |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 /* Prepend the BOM: "fffe" */ | |
| 1540 if (string != NULL) | |
| 1541 { | |
| 1542 tmpbuf = alloc(length + 2); | |
| 1543 tmpbuf[0] = 0xff; | |
| 1544 tmpbuf[1] = 0xfe; | |
| 1545 mch_memmove(tmpbuf + 2, string, (size_t)length); | |
| 1546 vim_free(string); | |
| 1547 string = tmpbuf; | |
| 1548 length += 2; | |
| 1549 | |
| 1550 selection_data->type = selection_data->target; | |
| 1551 selection_data->format = 16; /* 16 bits per char */ | |
| 1552 gtk_selection_data_set(selection_data, html_atom, 16, | |
| 1553 string, length); | |
| 1554 vim_free(string); | |
| 1555 } | |
| 1556 return; | |
| 1557 } | |
| 7 | 1558 else if (info == (guint)TARGET_VIMENC) |
| 1559 { | |
| 1560 int l = STRLEN(p_enc); | |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 /* contents: motion_type 'encoding' NUL text */ | |
| 1563 tmpbuf = alloc((unsigned)length + l + 2); | |
| 1564 if (tmpbuf != NULL) | |
| 1565 { | |
| 1566 tmpbuf[0] = motion_type; | |
| 1567 STRCPY(tmpbuf + 1, p_enc); | |
| 1568 mch_memmove(tmpbuf + l + 2, string, (size_t)length); | |
| 1569 } | |
| 1570 length += l + 2; | |
| 1571 vim_free(string); | |
| 1572 string = tmpbuf; | |
| 1573 type = vimenc_atom; | |
| 1574 } | |
| 1575 #endif | |
| 1576 | |
| 1577 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 1578 /* gtk_selection_data_set_text() handles everything for us. This is | |
| 1579 * so easy and simple and cool, it'd be insane not to use it. */ | |
| 1580 else | |
| 1581 { | |
| 1582 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 1583 { | |
| 1584 tmpbuf = string_convert(&output_conv, string, &length); | |
| 1585 vim_free(string); | |
| 1586 if (tmpbuf == NULL) | |
| 1587 return; | |
| 1588 string = tmpbuf; | |
| 1589 } | |
| 1590 /* Validate the string to avoid runtime warnings */ | |
| 1591 if (g_utf8_validate((const char *)string, (gssize)length, NULL)) | |
| 1592 { | |
| 1593 gtk_selection_data_set_text(selection_data, | |
| 1594 (const char *)string, length); | |
| 1595 } | |
| 1596 vim_free(string); | |
| 1597 return; | |
| 1598 } | |
| 1599 #else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 1600 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1601 else if (info == (guint)TARGET_UTF8_STRING) | |
| 1602 { | |
| 1603 vimconv_T conv; | |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
| 1606 convert_setup(&conv, p_enc, (char_u *)"utf-8"); | |
| 1607 | |
| 1608 if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 1609 { | |
| 1610 tmpbuf = string_convert(&conv, string, &length); | |
| 1611 convert_setup(&conv, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1612 vim_free(string); | |
| 1613 string = tmpbuf; | |
| 1614 } | |
| 1615 type = utf8_string_atom; | |
| 1616 } | |
| 1617 # endif | |
| 1618 else if (info == (guint)TARGET_COMPOUND_TEXT | |
| 1619 || info == (guint)TARGET_TEXT) | |
| 1620 { | |
| 1621 int format; | |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 /* Copy the string to ensure NUL-termination */ | |
| 1624 tmpbuf = vim_strnsave(string, length); | |
| 1625 vim_free(string); | |
| 1626 if (tmpbuf != NULL) | |
| 1627 { | |
| 1628 gdk_string_to_compound_text((const char *)tmpbuf, | |
| 1629 &type, &format, &string, &length); | |
| 1630 vim_free(tmpbuf); | |
| 1631 selection_data->type = type; | |
| 1632 selection_data->format = format; | |
| 1633 gtk_selection_data_set(selection_data, type, format, string, length); | |
| 1634 gdk_free_compound_text(string); | |
| 1635 } | |
| 1636 return; | |
| 1637 } | |
| 1638 else | |
| 1639 { | |
| 1640 type = GDK_TARGET_STRING; | |
| 1641 } | |
| 1642 #endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 1643 | |
| 1644 if (string != NULL) | |
| 1645 { | |
| 1646 selection_data->type = selection_data->target; | |
| 1647 selection_data->format = 8; /* 8 bits per char */ | |
| 1648 | |
| 1649 gtk_selection_data_set(selection_data, type, 8, string, length); | |
| 1650 vim_free(string); | |
| 1651 } | |
| 1652 } | |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 /* | |
| 1655 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced. | |
| 1656 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
| 1657 */ | |
| 1658 int | |
| 1659 gui_mch_init_check(void) | |
| 1660 { | |
| 1661 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 1226 | 1662 /* This is needed to make the locale handling consistent between the GUI |
| 7 | 1663 * and the rest of VIM. */ |
| 1664 gtk_set_locale(); | |
| 1665 #endif | |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME | |
| 1668 if (gtk_socket_id == 0) | |
| 1669 using_gnome = 1; | |
| 1670 #endif | |
| 1671 | |
| 1672 /* Don't use gtk_init() or gnome_init(), it exits on failure. */ | |
| 1673 if (!gtk_init_check(&gui_argc, &gui_argv)) | |
| 1674 { | |
| 1675 gui.dying = TRUE; | |
| 1666 | 1676 EMSG(_((char *)e_opendisp)); |
| 7 | 1677 return FAIL; |
| 1678 } | |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 return OK; | |
| 1681 } | |
| 1682 | |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 /**************************************************************************** | |
| 1685 * Mouse handling callbacks | |
| 1686 */ | |
| 1687 | |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 static guint mouse_click_timer = 0; | |
| 1690 static int mouse_timed_out = TRUE; | |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 /* | |
| 1693 * Timer used to recognize multiple clicks of the mouse button | |
| 1694 */ | |
| 1695 static gint | |
| 1696 mouse_click_timer_cb(gpointer data) | |
| 1697 { | |
| 1698 /* we don't use this information currently */ | |
| 1699 int *timed_out = (int *) data; | |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 *timed_out = TRUE; | |
| 1702 return FALSE; /* don't happen again */ | |
| 1703 } | |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 static guint motion_repeat_timer = 0; | |
| 1706 static int motion_repeat_offset = FALSE; | |
| 1707 static gint motion_repeat_timer_cb(gpointer); | |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 static void | |
| 1710 process_motion_notify(int x, int y, GdkModifierType state) | |
| 1711 { | |
| 1712 int button; | |
| 1713 int_u vim_modifiers; | |
| 1714 | |
| 1715 button = (state & (GDK_BUTTON1_MASK | GDK_BUTTON2_MASK | | |
| 1716 GDK_BUTTON3_MASK | GDK_BUTTON4_MASK | | |
| 1717 GDK_BUTTON5_MASK)) | |
| 1718 ? MOUSE_DRAG : ' '; | |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 /* If our pointer is currently hidden, then we should show it. */ | |
| 1721 gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE); | |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 /* Just moving the rodent above the drawing area without any button | |
| 1724 * being pressed. */ | |
| 1725 if (button != MOUSE_DRAG) | |
| 1726 { | |
| 1727 gui_mouse_moved(x, y); | |
| 1728 return; | |
| 1729 } | |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 /* translate modifier coding between the main engine and GTK */ | |
| 179 | 1732 vim_modifiers = modifiers_gdk2mouse(state); |
| 7 | 1733 |
| 1226 | 1734 /* inform the editor engine about the occurrence of this event */ |
| 7 | 1735 gui_send_mouse_event(button, x, y, FALSE, vim_modifiers); |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 1738 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 /* | |
| 1741 * Auto repeat timer handling. | |
| 1742 */ | |
| 1743 if (x < 0 || y < 0 | |
| 1744 || x >= gui.drawarea->allocation.width | |
| 1745 || y >= gui.drawarea->allocation.height) | |
| 1746 { | |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 int dx; | |
| 1749 int dy; | |
| 1750 int offshoot; | |
| 1751 int delay = 10; | |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 /* Calculate the maximal distance of the cursor from the drawing area. | |
| 1754 * (offshoot can't become negative here!). | |
| 1755 */ | |
| 1756 dx = x < 0 ? -x : x - gui.drawarea->allocation.width; | |
| 1757 dy = y < 0 ? -y : y - gui.drawarea->allocation.height; | |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 offshoot = dx > dy ? dx : dy; | |
| 1760 | |
| 1884 | 1761 /* Make a linearly decaying timer delay with a threshold of 5 at a |
| 7 | 1762 * distance of 127 pixels from the main window. |
| 1763 * | |
| 1764 * One could think endlessly about the most ergonomic variant here. | |
| 1765 * For example it could make sense to calculate the distance from the | |
| 1766 * drags start instead... | |
| 1767 * | |
| 1768 * Maybe a parabolic interpolation would suite us better here too... | |
| 1769 */ | |
| 1770 if (offshoot > 127) | |
| 1771 { | |
| 1772 /* 5 appears to be somehow near to my perceptual limits :-). */ | |
| 1773 delay = 5; | |
| 1774 } | |
| 1775 else | |
| 1776 { | |
| 1777 delay = (130 * (127 - offshoot)) / 127 + 5; | |
| 1778 } | |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 /* shoot again */ | |
| 1781 if (!motion_repeat_timer) | |
| 1782 motion_repeat_timer = gtk_timeout_add((guint32)delay, | |
| 1783 motion_repeat_timer_cb, NULL); | |
| 1784 } | |
| 1785 } | |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 /* | |
| 1788 * Timer used to recognize multiple clicks of the mouse button. | |
| 1789 */ | |
| 1790 static gint | |
| 1884 | 1791 motion_repeat_timer_cb(gpointer data UNUSED) |
| 7 | 1792 { |
| 1793 int x; | |
| 1794 int y; | |
| 1795 GdkModifierType state; | |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 gdk_window_get_pointer(gui.drawarea->window, &x, &y, &state); | |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 if (!(state & (GDK_BUTTON1_MASK | GDK_BUTTON2_MASK | | |
| 1800 GDK_BUTTON3_MASK | GDK_BUTTON4_MASK | | |
| 1801 GDK_BUTTON5_MASK))) | |
| 1802 { | |
| 1803 motion_repeat_timer = 0; | |
| 1804 return FALSE; | |
| 1805 } | |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 /* If there already is a mouse click in the input buffer, wait another | |
| 1808 * time (otherwise we would create a backlog of clicks) */ | |
| 1809 if (vim_used_in_input_buf() > 10) | |
| 1810 return TRUE; | |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 motion_repeat_timer = 0; | |
| 1813 | |
| 1814 /* | |
| 1815 * Fake a motion event. | |
| 1816 * Trick: Pretend the mouse moved to the next character on every other | |
| 1817 * event, otherwise drag events will be discarded, because they are still | |
| 1818 * in the same character. | |
| 1819 */ | |
| 1820 if (motion_repeat_offset) | |
| 1821 x += gui.char_width; | |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 motion_repeat_offset = !motion_repeat_offset; | |
| 1824 process_motion_notify(x, y, state); | |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 /* Don't happen again. We will get reinstalled in the synthetic event | |
| 1827 * if needed -- thus repeating should still work. */ | |
| 1828 return FALSE; | |
| 1829 } | |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 static gint | |
| 1884 | 1832 motion_notify_event(GtkWidget *widget, |
| 1833 GdkEventMotion *event, | |
| 1834 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 1835 { |
| 1836 if (event->is_hint) | |
| 1837 { | |
| 1838 int x; | |
| 1839 int y; | |
| 1840 GdkModifierType state; | |
| 1841 | |
| 1842 gdk_window_get_pointer(widget->window, &x, &y, &state); | |
| 1843 process_motion_notify(x, y, state); | |
| 1844 } | |
| 1845 else | |
| 1846 { | |
| 1847 process_motion_notify((int)event->x, (int)event->y, | |
| 1848 (GdkModifierType)event->state); | |
| 1849 } | |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 return TRUE; /* handled */ | |
| 1852 } | |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 /* | |
| 1856 * Mouse button handling. Note please that we are capturing multiple click's | |
| 1857 * by our own timeout mechanism instead of the one provided by GTK+ itself. | |
| 1858 * This is due to the way the generic VIM code is recognizing multiple clicks. | |
| 1859 */ | |
| 1860 static gint | |
| 1884 | 1861 button_press_event(GtkWidget *widget, |
| 1862 GdkEventButton *event, | |
| 1863 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 1864 { |
| 1865 int button; | |
| 1866 int repeated_click = FALSE; | |
| 1867 int x, y; | |
| 1868 int_u vim_modifiers; | |
| 1869 | |
| 1870 /* Make sure we have focus now we've been selected */ | |
| 1871 if (gtk_socket_id != 0 && !GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS(widget)) | |
| 1872 gtk_widget_grab_focus(widget); | |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 /* | |
| 1875 * Don't let additional events about multiple clicks send by GTK to us | |
| 1876 * after the initial button press event confuse us. | |
| 1877 */ | |
| 1878 if (event->type != GDK_BUTTON_PRESS) | |
| 1879 return FALSE; | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 x = event->x; | |
| 1882 y = event->y; | |
| 1883 | |
| 1884 /* Handle multiple clicks */ | |
| 1885 if (!mouse_timed_out && mouse_click_timer) | |
| 1886 { | |
| 1887 gtk_timeout_remove(mouse_click_timer); | |
| 1888 mouse_click_timer = 0; | |
| 1889 repeated_click = TRUE; | |
| 1890 } | |
| 1891 | |
| 1892 mouse_timed_out = FALSE; | |
| 1893 mouse_click_timer = gtk_timeout_add((guint32)p_mouset, | |
| 1894 mouse_click_timer_cb, &mouse_timed_out); | |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 switch (event->button) | |
| 1897 { | |
| 1898 case 1: | |
| 1899 button = MOUSE_LEFT; | |
| 1900 break; | |
| 1901 case 2: | |
| 1902 button = MOUSE_MIDDLE; | |
| 1903 break; | |
| 1904 case 3: | |
| 1905 button = MOUSE_RIGHT; | |
| 1906 break; | |
| 1907 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 1908 case 4: | |
| 1909 button = MOUSE_4; | |
| 1910 break; | |
| 1911 case 5: | |
| 1912 button = MOUSE_5; | |
| 1913 break; | |
| 1914 #endif | |
| 1915 default: | |
| 1916 return FALSE; /* Unknown button */ | |
| 1917 } | |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 #ifdef FEAT_XIM | |
| 1920 /* cancel any preediting */ | |
| 1921 if (im_is_preediting()) | |
| 1922 xim_reset(); | |
| 1923 #endif | |
| 1924 | |
| 179 | 1925 vim_modifiers = modifiers_gdk2mouse(event->state); |
| 7 | 1926 |
| 1927 gui_send_mouse_event(button, x, y, repeated_click, vim_modifiers); | |
| 1928 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 1929 gtk_main_quit(); /* make sure the above will be handled immediately */ | |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 return TRUE; | |
| 1932 } | |
| 1933 | |
| 1934 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 1935 /* | |
| 1936 * GTK+ 2 doesn't handle mouse buttons 4, 5, 6 and 7 the same way as GTK+ 1. | |
| 1937 * Instead, it abstracts scrolling via the new GdkEventScroll. | |
| 1938 */ | |
| 1939 static gboolean | |
| 1884 | 1940 scroll_event(GtkWidget *widget, |
| 1941 GdkEventScroll *event, | |
| 1942 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 1943 { |
| 1944 int button; | |
| 179 | 1945 int_u vim_modifiers; |
| 7 | 1946 |
| 1947 if (gtk_socket_id != 0 && !GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS(widget)) | |
| 1948 gtk_widget_grab_focus(widget); | |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 switch (event->direction) | |
| 1951 { | |
| 1952 case GDK_SCROLL_UP: | |
| 1953 button = MOUSE_4; | |
| 1954 break; | |
| 1955 case GDK_SCROLL_DOWN: | |
| 1956 button = MOUSE_5; | |
| 1957 break; | |
| 1958 default: /* We don't care about left and right... Yet. */ | |
| 1959 return FALSE; | |
| 1960 } | |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 # ifdef FEAT_XIM | |
| 1963 /* cancel any preediting */ | |
| 1964 if (im_is_preediting()) | |
| 1965 xim_reset(); | |
| 1966 # endif | |
| 1967 | |
| 179 | 1968 vim_modifiers = modifiers_gdk2mouse(event->state); |
| 7 | 1969 |
| 1970 gui_send_mouse_event(button, (int)event->x, (int)event->y, | |
| 1971 FALSE, vim_modifiers); | |
| 1972 | |
| 1973 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 1974 gtk_main_quit(); /* make sure the above will be handled immediately */ | |
| 1975 | |
| 1976 return TRUE; | |
| 1977 } | |
| 1978 #endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 static gint | |
| 1884 | 1982 button_release_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, |
| 1983 GdkEventButton *event, | |
| 1984 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 1985 { |
| 1986 int x, y; | |
| 1987 int_u vim_modifiers; | |
| 1988 | |
| 1989 /* Remove any motion "machine gun" timers used for automatic further | |
| 1990 extension of allocation areas if outside of the applications window | |
| 1991 area .*/ | |
| 1992 if (motion_repeat_timer) | |
| 1993 { | |
| 1994 gtk_timeout_remove(motion_repeat_timer); | |
| 1995 motion_repeat_timer = 0; | |
| 1996 } | |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 x = event->x; | |
| 1999 y = event->y; | |
| 2000 | |
| 179 | 2001 vim_modifiers = modifiers_gdk2mouse(event->state); |
| 7 | 2002 |
| 2003 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, x, y, FALSE, vim_modifiers); | |
| 2004 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 2005 gtk_main_quit(); /* make sure it will be handled immediately */ | |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 return TRUE; | |
| 2008 } | |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 2012 /**************************************************************************** | |
| 2013 * Drag aNd Drop support handlers. | |
| 2014 */ | |
| 2015 | |
| 2016 /* | |
| 2017 * Count how many items there may be and separate them with a NUL. | |
| 2018 * Apparently the items are separated with \r\n. This is not documented, | |
| 2019 * thus be careful not to go past the end. Also allow separation with | |
| 2020 * NUL characters. | |
| 2021 */ | |
| 2022 static int | |
| 2023 count_and_decode_uri_list(char_u *out, char_u *raw, int len) | |
| 2024 { | |
| 2025 int i; | |
| 2026 char_u *p = out; | |
| 2027 int count = 0; | |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 2030 { | |
| 2031 if (raw[i] == NUL || raw[i] == '\n' || raw[i] == '\r') | |
| 2032 { | |
| 2033 if (p > out && p[-1] != NUL) | |
| 2034 { | |
| 2035 ++count; | |
| 2036 *p++ = NUL; | |
| 2037 } | |
| 2038 } | |
| 2039 else if (raw[i] == '%' && i + 2 < len && hexhex2nr(raw + i + 1) > 0) | |
| 2040 { | |
| 2041 *p++ = hexhex2nr(raw + i + 1); | |
| 2042 i += 2; | |
| 2043 } | |
| 2044 else | |
| 2045 *p++ = raw[i]; | |
| 2046 } | |
| 2047 if (p > out && p[-1] != NUL) | |
| 2048 { | |
| 2049 *p = NUL; /* last item didn't have \r or \n */ | |
| 2050 ++count; | |
| 2051 } | |
| 2052 return count; | |
| 2053 } | |
| 2054 | |
| 2055 /* | |
| 2056 * Parse NUL separated "src" strings. Make it an array "outlist" form. On | |
| 2057 * this process, URI which protocol is not "file:" are removed. Return | |
| 2058 * length of array (less than "max"). | |
| 2059 */ | |
| 2060 static int | |
| 2061 filter_uri_list(char_u **outlist, int max, char_u *src) | |
| 2062 { | |
| 2063 int i, j; | |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 for (i = j = 0; i < max; ++i) | |
| 2066 { | |
| 2067 outlist[i] = NULL; | |
| 2068 if (STRNCMP(src, "file:", 5) == 0) | |
| 2069 { | |
| 2070 src += 5; | |
| 2071 if (STRNCMP(src, "//localhost", 11) == 0) | |
| 2072 src += 11; | |
| 2073 while (src[0] == '/' && src[1] == '/') | |
| 2074 ++src; | |
| 2075 outlist[j++] = vim_strsave(src); | |
| 2076 } | |
| 2077 src += STRLEN(src) + 1; | |
| 2078 } | |
| 2079 return j; | |
| 2080 } | |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 static char_u ** | |
| 2083 parse_uri_list(int *count, char_u *data, int len) | |
| 2084 { | |
| 2085 int n = 0; | |
| 2086 char_u *tmp = NULL; | |
| 2087 char_u **array = NULL;; | |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 if (data != NULL && len > 0 && (tmp = (char_u *)alloc(len + 1)) != NULL) | |
| 2090 { | |
| 2091 n = count_and_decode_uri_list(tmp, data, len); | |
| 2092 if (n > 0 && (array = (char_u **)alloc(n * sizeof(char_u *))) != NULL) | |
| 2093 n = filter_uri_list(array, n, tmp); | |
| 2094 } | |
| 2095 vim_free(tmp); | |
| 2096 *count = n; | |
| 2097 return array; | |
| 2098 } | |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 static void | |
| 2101 drag_handle_uri_list(GdkDragContext *context, | |
| 2102 GtkSelectionData *data, | |
| 2103 guint time_, | |
| 2104 GdkModifierType state, | |
| 2105 gint x, | |
| 2106 gint y) | |
| 2107 { | |
| 2108 char_u **fnames; | |
| 2109 int nfiles = 0; | |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 fnames = parse_uri_list(&nfiles, data->data, data->length); | |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 if (fnames != NULL && nfiles > 0) | |
| 2114 { | |
| 179 | 2115 int_u modifiers; |
| 7 | 2116 |
| 2117 gtk_drag_finish(context, TRUE, FALSE, time_); /* accept */ | |
| 2118 | |
| 179 | 2119 modifiers = modifiers_gdk2mouse(state); |
| 7 | 2120 |
| 2121 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, nfiles); | |
| 2122 } | |
| 840 | 2123 else |
| 2124 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 7 | 2125 } |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 static void | |
| 2128 drag_handle_text(GdkDragContext *context, | |
| 2129 GtkSelectionData *data, | |
| 2130 guint time_, | |
| 2131 GdkModifierType state) | |
| 2132 { | |
| 2133 char_u dropkey[6] = {CSI, KS_MODIFIER, 0, CSI, KS_EXTRA, (char_u)KE_DROP}; | |
| 2134 char_u *text; | |
| 2135 int len; | |
| 2136 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2137 char_u *tmpbuf = NULL; | |
| 2138 # endif | |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 text = data->data; | |
| 2141 len = data->length; | |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2144 if (data->type == utf8_string_atom) | |
| 2145 { | |
| 2146 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 2147 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 2148 tmpbuf = string_convert(&input_conv, text, &len); | |
| 2149 # else | |
| 2150 vimconv_T conv; | |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
| 2153 convert_setup(&conv, (char_u *)"utf-8", p_enc); | |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 if (conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 2156 { | |
| 2157 tmpbuf = string_convert(&conv, text, &len); | |
| 2158 convert_setup(&conv, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2159 } | |
| 2160 # endif | |
| 2161 if (tmpbuf != NULL) | |
| 2162 text = tmpbuf; | |
| 2163 } | |
| 2164 # endif /* FEAT_MBYTE */ | |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 dnd_yank_drag_data(text, (long)len); | |
| 2167 gtk_drag_finish(context, TRUE, FALSE, time_); /* accept */ | |
| 2168 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2169 vim_free(tmpbuf); | |
| 2170 # endif | |
| 2171 | |
| 179 | 2172 dropkey[2] = modifiers_gdk2vim(state); |
| 7 | 2173 |
| 2174 if (dropkey[2] != 0) | |
| 2175 add_to_input_buf(dropkey, (int)sizeof(dropkey)); | |
| 2176 else | |
| 2177 add_to_input_buf(dropkey + 3, (int)(sizeof(dropkey) - 3)); | |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 2180 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 2181 } | |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 /* | |
| 2184 * DND receiver. | |
| 2185 */ | |
| 2186 static void | |
| 2187 drag_data_received_cb(GtkWidget *widget, | |
| 2188 GdkDragContext *context, | |
| 2189 gint x, | |
| 2190 gint y, | |
| 2191 GtkSelectionData *data, | |
| 2192 guint info, | |
| 2193 guint time_, | |
| 1884 | 2194 gpointer user_data UNUSED) |
| 7 | 2195 { |
| 2196 GdkModifierType state; | |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 /* Guard against trash */ | |
| 2199 if (data->data == NULL | |
| 2200 || data->length <= 0 | |
| 2201 || data->format != 8 | |
| 2202 || data->data[data->length] != '\0') | |
| 2203 { | |
| 2204 gtk_drag_finish(context, FALSE, FALSE, time_); | |
| 2205 return; | |
| 2206 } | |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 /* Get the current modifier state for proper distinguishment between | |
| 2209 * different operations later. */ | |
| 2210 gdk_window_get_pointer(widget->window, NULL, NULL, &state); | |
| 2211 | |
| 2212 /* Not sure about the role of "text/plain" here... */ | |
| 2213 if (info == (guint)TARGET_TEXT_URI_LIST) | |
| 2214 drag_handle_uri_list(context, data, time_, state, x, y); | |
| 2215 else | |
| 2216 drag_handle_text(context, data, time_, state); | |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 } | |
| 2219 #endif /* FEAT_DND */ | |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION) | |
| 2223 /* | |
| 2224 * GnomeClient interact callback. Check for unsaved buffers that cannot | |
| 2225 * be abandoned and pop up a dialog asking the user for confirmation if | |
| 2226 * necessary. | |
| 2227 */ | |
| 2228 static void | |
|
2188
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
2229 sm_client_check_changed_any(GnomeClient *client UNUSED, |
| 7 | 2230 gint key, |
|
2188
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
2231 GnomeDialogType type UNUSED, |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
2232 gpointer data UNUSED) |
| 7 | 2233 { |
| 2234 cmdmod_T save_cmdmod; | |
| 2235 gboolean shutdown_cancelled; | |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 save_cmdmod = cmdmod; | |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 # ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
| 2240 cmdmod.browse = TRUE; | |
| 2241 # endif | |
| 2242 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
| 2243 cmdmod.confirm = TRUE; | |
| 2244 # endif | |
| 2245 /* | |
| 2246 * If there are changed buffers, present the user with | |
| 2247 * a dialog if possible, otherwise give an error message. | |
| 2248 */ | |
| 2249 shutdown_cancelled = check_changed_any(FALSE); | |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 exiting = FALSE; | |
| 2252 cmdmod = save_cmdmod; | |
| 2253 setcursor(); /* position the cursor */ | |
| 2254 out_flush(); | |
| 2255 /* | |
| 2256 * If the user hit the [Cancel] button the whole shutdown | |
| 2257 * will be cancelled. Wow, quite powerful feature (: | |
| 2258 */ | |
| 2259 gnome_interaction_key_return(key, shutdown_cancelled); | |
| 2260 } | |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 /* | |
| 2263 * Generate a script that can be used to restore the current editing session. | |
| 2264 * Save the value of v:this_session before running :mksession in order to make | |
| 2265 * automagic session save fully transparent. Return TRUE on success. | |
| 2266 */ | |
| 2267 static int | |
| 2268 write_session_file(char_u *filename) | |
| 2269 { | |
| 2270 char_u *escaped_filename; | |
| 2271 char *mksession_cmdline; | |
| 2272 unsigned int save_ssop_flags; | |
| 2273 int failed; | |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 /* | |
| 2276 * Build an ex command line to create a script that restores the current | |
| 2277 * session if executed. Escape the filename to avoid nasty surprises. | |
| 2278 */ | |
| 2279 escaped_filename = vim_strsave_escaped(filename, escape_chars); | |
| 2280 if (escaped_filename == NULL) | |
| 2281 return FALSE; | |
| 1296 | 2282 mksession_cmdline = g_strconcat("mksession ", (char *)escaped_filename, |
| 2283 NULL); | |
| 7 | 2284 vim_free(escaped_filename); |
| 1296 | 2285 |
| 7 | 2286 /* |
| 2287 * Use a reasonable hardcoded set of 'sessionoptions' flags to avoid | |
| 2288 * unpredictable effects when the session is saved automatically. Also, | |
| 2289 * we definitely need SSOP_GLOBALS to be able to restore v:this_session. | |
| 2290 * Don't use SSOP_BUFFERS to prevent the buffer list from becoming | |
| 2291 * enormously large if the GNOME session feature is used regularly. | |
| 2292 */ | |
| 2293 save_ssop_flags = ssop_flags; | |
| 2294 ssop_flags = (SSOP_BLANK|SSOP_CURDIR|SSOP_FOLDS|SSOP_GLOBALS | |
| 1296 | 2295 |SSOP_HELP|SSOP_OPTIONS|SSOP_WINSIZE|SSOP_TABPAGES); |
| 7 | 2296 |
| 2297 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"let Save_VV_this_session = v:this_session"); | |
| 2298 failed = (do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)mksession_cmdline) == FAIL); | |
| 2299 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"let v:this_session = Save_VV_this_session"); | |
| 150 | 2300 do_unlet((char_u *)"Save_VV_this_session", TRUE); |
| 7 | 2301 |
| 2302 ssop_flags = save_ssop_flags; | |
| 2303 g_free(mksession_cmdline); | |
| 2304 /* | |
| 2305 * Reopen the file and append a command to restore v:this_session, | |
| 2306 * as if this save never happened. This is to avoid conflicts with | |
| 2307 * the user's own sessions. FIXME: It's probably less hackish to add | |
| 2308 * a "stealth" flag to 'sessionoptions' -- gotta ask Bram. | |
| 2309 */ | |
| 2310 if (!failed) | |
| 2311 { | |
| 2312 FILE *fd; | |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 fd = open_exfile(filename, TRUE, APPENDBIN); | |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 failed = (fd == NULL | |
| 2317 || put_line(fd, "let v:this_session = Save_VV_this_session") == FAIL | |
| 2318 || put_line(fd, "unlet Save_VV_this_session") == FAIL); | |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 if (fd != NULL && fclose(fd) != 0) | |
| 2321 failed = TRUE; | |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 if (failed) | |
| 2324 mch_remove(filename); | |
| 2325 } | |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 return !failed; | |
| 2328 } | |
| 2329 | |
| 2330 /* | |
| 2331 * "save_yourself" signal handler. Initiate an interaction to ask the user | |
| 2332 * for confirmation if necessary. Save the current editing session and tell | |
| 2333 * the session manager how to restart Vim. | |
| 2334 */ | |
| 2335 static gboolean | |
| 2336 sm_client_save_yourself(GnomeClient *client, | |
|
2188
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
2337 gint phase UNUSED, |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
2338 GnomeSaveStyle save_style UNUSED, |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
2339 gboolean shutdown UNUSED, |
| 7 | 2340 GnomeInteractStyle interact_style, |
|
2188
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
2341 gboolean fast UNUSED, |
|
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
2342 gpointer data UNUSED) |
| 7 | 2343 { |
| 2344 static const char suffix[] = "-session.vim"; | |
| 2345 char *session_file; | |
| 2346 unsigned int len; | |
| 2347 gboolean success; | |
| 2348 | |
| 2349 /* Always request an interaction if possible. check_changed_any() | |
| 2350 * won't actually show a dialog unless any buffers have been modified. | |
| 2351 * There doesn't seem to be an obvious way to check that without | |
| 2352 * automatically firing the dialog. Anyway, it works just fine. */ | |
| 2353 if (interact_style == GNOME_INTERACT_ANY) | |
| 2354 gnome_client_request_interaction(client, GNOME_DIALOG_NORMAL, | |
| 2355 &sm_client_check_changed_any, | |
| 2356 NULL); | |
| 2357 out_flush(); | |
| 2358 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */ | |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 /* The path is unique for each session save. We do neither know nor care | |
| 2361 * which session script will actually be used later. This decision is in | |
| 2362 * the domain of the session manager. */ | |
| 2363 session_file = gnome_config_get_real_path( | |
| 2364 gnome_client_get_config_prefix(client)); | |
| 2365 len = strlen(session_file); | |
| 2366 | |
| 2367 if (len > 0 && session_file[len-1] == G_DIR_SEPARATOR) | |
| 2368 --len; /* get rid of the superfluous trailing '/' */ | |
| 2369 | |
| 2370 session_file = g_renew(char, session_file, len + sizeof(suffix)); | |
| 2371 memcpy(session_file + len, suffix, sizeof(suffix)); | |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 success = write_session_file((char_u *)session_file); | |
| 2374 | |
| 2375 if (success) | |
| 2376 { | |
| 2377 const char *argv[8]; | |
| 2378 int i; | |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 /* Tell the session manager how to wipe out the stored session data. | |
| 2381 * This isn't as dangerous as it looks, don't worry :) session_file | |
| 2382 * is a unique absolute filename. Usually it'll be something like | |
| 2383 * `/home/user/.gnome2/vim-XXXXXX-session.vim'. */ | |
| 2384 i = 0; | |
| 2385 argv[i++] = "rm"; | |
| 2386 argv[i++] = session_file; | |
| 2387 argv[i] = NULL; | |
| 2388 | |
| 2389 gnome_client_set_discard_command(client, i, (char **)argv); | |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 /* Tell the session manager how to restore the just saved session. | |
| 2392 * This is easily done thanks to Vim's -S option. Pass the -f flag | |
| 2393 * since there's no need to fork -- it might even cause confusion. | |
| 2394 * Also pass the window role to give the WM something to match on. | |
| 2395 * The role is set in gui_mch_open(), thus should _never_ be NULL. */ | |
| 2396 i = 0; | |
| 2397 argv[i++] = restart_command; | |
| 2398 argv[i++] = "-f"; | |
| 2399 argv[i++] = "-g"; | |
| 2400 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 2401 argv[i++] = "--role"; | |
| 2402 argv[i++] = gtk_window_get_role(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin)); | |
| 2403 # endif | |
| 2404 argv[i++] = "-S"; | |
| 2405 argv[i++] = session_file; | |
| 2406 argv[i] = NULL; | |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 gnome_client_set_restart_command(client, i, (char **)argv); | |
| 2409 gnome_client_set_clone_command(client, 0, NULL); | |
| 2410 } | |
| 2411 | |
| 2412 g_free(session_file); | |
| 2413 | |
| 2414 return success; | |
| 2415 } | |
| 2416 | |
| 2417 /* | |
| 2418 * Called when the session manager wants us to die. There isn't much to save | |
| 2419 * here since "save_yourself" has been emitted before (unless serious trouble | |
| 2420 * is happening). | |
| 2421 */ | |
| 2422 static void | |
|
2188
722e390945d7
Avoid warnings for unused arguments when compiling with Gnome.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2154
diff
changeset
|
2423 sm_client_die(GnomeClient *client UNUSED, gpointer data UNUSED) |
| 7 | 2424 { |
| 2425 /* Don't write messages to the GUI anymore */ | |
| 2426 full_screen = FALSE; | |
| 2427 | |
| 1666 | 2428 vim_strncpy(IObuff, (char_u *) |
| 419 | 2429 _("Vim: Received \"die\" request from session manager\n"), |
| 1666 | 2430 IOSIZE - 1); |
| 7 | 2431 preserve_exit(); |
| 2432 } | |
| 2433 | |
| 2434 /* | |
| 2435 * Connect our signal handlers to be notified on session save and shutdown. | |
| 2436 */ | |
| 2437 static void | |
| 2438 setup_save_yourself(void) | |
| 2439 { | |
| 2440 GnomeClient *client; | |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 client = gnome_master_client(); | |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 if (client != NULL) | |
| 2445 { | |
| 2446 /* Must use the deprecated gtk_signal_connect() for compatibility | |
| 2447 * with GNOME 1. Arrgh, zombies! */ | |
| 2448 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(client), "save_yourself", | |
| 2449 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(&sm_client_save_yourself), NULL); | |
| 2450 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(client), "die", | |
| 2451 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(&sm_client_die), NULL); | |
| 2452 } | |
| 2453 } | |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 #else /* !(FEAT_GUI_GNOME && FEAT_SESSION) */ | |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 # ifdef USE_XSMP | |
| 2458 /* | |
| 2459 * GTK tells us that XSMP needs attention | |
| 2460 */ | |
| 2461 static gboolean | |
| 2462 local_xsmp_handle_requests(source, condition, data) | |
| 1884 | 2463 GIOChannel *source UNUSED; |
| 7 | 2464 GIOCondition condition; |
| 2465 gpointer data; | |
| 2466 { | |
| 2467 if (condition == G_IO_IN) | |
| 2468 { | |
| 2469 /* Do stuff; maybe close connection */ | |
| 2470 if (xsmp_handle_requests() == FAIL) | |
| 2471 g_io_channel_unref((GIOChannel *)data); | |
| 2472 return TRUE; | |
| 2473 } | |
| 2474 /* Error */ | |
| 2475 g_io_channel_unref((GIOChannel *)data); | |
| 2476 xsmp_close(); | |
| 2477 return TRUE; | |
| 2478 } | |
| 2479 # endif /* USE_XSMP */ | |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 /* | |
| 2482 * Setup the WM_PROTOCOLS to indicate we want the WM_SAVE_YOURSELF event. | |
| 2483 * This is an ugly use of X functions. GTK doesn't offer an alternative. | |
| 2484 */ | |
| 2485 static void | |
| 2486 setup_save_yourself(void) | |
| 2487 { | |
| 2488 Atom *existing_atoms = NULL; | |
| 2489 int count = 0; | |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 #ifdef USE_XSMP | |
| 2492 if (xsmp_icefd != -1) | |
| 2493 { | |
| 2494 /* | |
| 2495 * Use XSMP is preference to legacy WM_SAVE_YOURSELF; | |
| 2496 * set up GTK IO monitor | |
| 2497 */ | |
| 2498 GIOChannel *g_io = g_io_channel_unix_new(xsmp_icefd); | |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 g_io_add_watch(g_io, G_IO_IN | G_IO_ERR | G_IO_HUP, | |
| 2501 local_xsmp_handle_requests, (gpointer)g_io); | |
| 2502 } | |
| 2503 else | |
| 2504 #endif | |
| 2505 { | |
| 2506 /* Fall back to old method */ | |
| 2507 | |
| 2508 /* first get the existing value */ | |
| 2509 if (XGetWMProtocols(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window), | |
| 2510 GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window), | |
| 2511 &existing_atoms, &count)) | |
| 2512 { | |
| 2513 Atom *new_atoms; | |
| 2514 Atom save_yourself_xatom; | |
| 2515 int i; | |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 save_yourself_xatom = GET_X_ATOM(save_yourself_atom); | |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 /* check if WM_SAVE_YOURSELF isn't there yet */ | |
| 2520 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
| 2521 if (existing_atoms[i] == save_yourself_xatom) | |
| 2522 break; | |
| 2523 | |
| 2524 if (i == count) | |
| 2525 { | |
| 2526 /* allocate an Atoms array which is one item longer */ | |
| 2527 new_atoms = (Atom *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) | |
| 2528 * sizeof(Atom))); | |
| 2529 if (new_atoms != NULL) | |
| 2530 { | |
| 2531 memcpy(new_atoms, existing_atoms, count * sizeof(Atom)); | |
| 2532 new_atoms[count] = save_yourself_xatom; | |
| 2533 XSetWMProtocols(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window), | |
| 2534 GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window), | |
| 2535 new_atoms, count + 1); | |
| 2536 vim_free(new_atoms); | |
| 2537 } | |
| 2538 } | |
| 2539 XFree(existing_atoms); | |
| 2540 } | |
| 2541 } | |
| 2542 } | |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 2545 /* | |
| 2546 * Installing a global event filter seems to be the only way to catch | |
| 2547 * client messages of type WM_PROTOCOLS without overriding GDK's own | |
| 2548 * client message event filter. Well, that's still better than trying | |
| 2549 * to guess what the GDK filter had done if it had been invoked instead | |
| 2550 * (This is what we did for GTK+ 1.2, see below). | |
| 2551 * | |
| 2552 * GTK2_FIXME: This doesn't seem to work. For some reason we never | |
| 2553 * receive WM_SAVE_YOURSELF even though everything is set up correctly. | |
| 2554 * I have the nasty feeling modern session managers just don't send this | |
| 2555 * deprecated message anymore. Addition: confirmed by several people. | |
| 2556 * | |
| 2557 * The GNOME session support is much cooler anyway. Unlike this ugly | |
| 2558 * WM_SAVE_YOURSELF hack it actually stores the session... And yes, | |
| 2559 * it should work with KDE as well. | |
| 2560 */ | |
| 2561 static GdkFilterReturn | |
| 1884 | 2562 global_event_filter(GdkXEvent *xev, |
| 2563 GdkEvent *event UNUSED, | |
| 2564 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 2565 { |
| 2566 XEvent *xevent = (XEvent *)xev; | |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 if (xevent != NULL | |
| 2569 && xevent->type == ClientMessage | |
| 2570 && xevent->xclient.message_type == GET_X_ATOM(wm_protocols_atom) | |
| 1884 | 2571 && (long_u)xevent->xclient.data.l[0] |
| 2572 == GET_X_ATOM(save_yourself_atom)) | |
| 7 | 2573 { |
| 2574 out_flush(); | |
| 2575 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */ | |
| 2576 /* | |
| 2577 * Set the window's WM_COMMAND property, to let the window manager | |
| 2578 * know we are done saving ourselves. We don't want to be | |
| 2579 * restarted, thus set argv to NULL. | |
| 2580 */ | |
| 2581 XSetCommand(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window), | |
| 2582 GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window), | |
| 2583 NULL, 0); | |
| 2584 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE; | |
| 2585 } | |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE; | |
| 2588 } | |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 # else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 /* | |
| 2593 * GDK handler for X ClientMessage events. | |
| 2594 */ | |
| 2595 static GdkFilterReturn | |
| 2596 gdk_wm_protocols_filter(GdkXEvent *xev, GdkEvent *event, gpointer data) | |
| 2597 { | |
| 2598 /* From example in gdkevents.c/gdk_wm_protocols_filter */ | |
| 2599 XEvent *xevent = (XEvent *)xev; | |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 if (xevent != NULL) | |
| 2602 { | |
| 2603 if (xevent->xclient.data.l[0] == GET_X_ATOM(save_yourself_atom)) | |
| 2604 { | |
| 2605 out_flush(); | |
| 2606 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */ | |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 /* Set the window's WM_COMMAND property, to let the window manager | |
| 2609 * know we are done saving ourselves. We don't want to be | |
| 2610 * restarted, thus set argv to NULL. */ | |
| 2611 XSetCommand(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window), | |
| 2612 GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window), | |
| 2613 NULL, 0); | |
| 2614 } | |
| 2615 /* | |
| 2616 * Functionality from gdkevents.c/gdk_wm_protocols_filter; | |
| 2617 * Registering this filter apparently overrides the default GDK one, | |
| 2618 * so we need to perform its functionality. There seems no way to | |
| 2619 * register for WM_PROTOCOLS, and only process the WM_SAVE_YOURSELF | |
| 2620 * bit; it's all or nothing. Update: No, there is a way -- but it | |
| 2621 * only works with GTK+ 2 apparently. See above. | |
| 2622 */ | |
| 2623 else if (xevent->xclient.data.l[0] == GET_X_ATOM(gdk_wm_delete_window)) | |
| 2624 { | |
| 2625 event->any.type = GDK_DELETE; | |
| 2626 return GDK_FILTER_TRANSLATE; | |
| 2627 } | |
| 2628 } | |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE; | |
| 2631 } | |
| 2632 # endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 #endif /* !(FEAT_GUI_GNOME && FEAT_SESSION) */ | |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 /* | |
| 2638 * Setup the window icon & xcmdsrv comm after the main window has been realized. | |
| 2639 */ | |
| 2640 static void | |
| 1884 | 2641 mainwin_realize(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, gpointer data UNUSED) |
| 7 | 2642 { |
| 2643 /* If you get an error message here, you still need to unpack the runtime | |
| 2644 * archive! */ | |
| 2645 #ifdef magick | |
| 2646 # undef magick | |
| 2647 #endif | |
| 2648 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 2649 /* A bit hackish, but avoids casting later and allows optimization */ | |
| 2650 # define static static const | |
| 2651 #endif | |
| 2652 #define magick vim32x32 | |
| 2653 #include "../runtime/vim32x32.xpm" | |
| 2654 #undef magick | |
| 2655 #define magick vim16x16 | |
| 2656 #include "../runtime/vim16x16.xpm" | |
| 2657 #undef magick | |
| 2658 #define magick vim48x48 | |
| 2659 #include "../runtime/vim48x48.xpm" | |
| 2660 #undef magick | |
| 2661 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 2662 # undef static | |
| 2663 #endif | |
| 2664 | |
| 2665 /* When started with "--echo-wid" argument, write window ID on stdout. */ | |
| 2666 if (echo_wid_arg) | |
| 2667 { | |
| 2668 printf("WID: %ld\n", (long)GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window)); | |
| 2669 fflush(stdout); | |
| 2670 } | |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_ICON) != NULL) | |
| 2673 { | |
| 2674 /* | |
| 2675 * Add an icon to the main window. For fun and convenience of the user. | |
| 2676 */ | |
| 2677 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 2678 GList *icons = NULL; | |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 icons = g_list_prepend(icons, gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data(vim16x16)); | |
| 2681 icons = g_list_prepend(icons, gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data(vim32x32)); | |
| 2682 icons = g_list_prepend(icons, gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data(vim48x48)); | |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 gtk_window_set_icon_list(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), icons); | |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 g_list_foreach(icons, (GFunc)&g_object_unref, NULL); | |
| 2687 g_list_free(icons); | |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 #else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 GdkPixmap *icon; | |
| 2692 GdkBitmap *icon_mask = NULL; | |
| 2693 char **magick = vim32x32; | |
| 2694 Display *xdisplay; | |
| 2695 Window root_window; | |
| 2696 XIconSize *size; | |
| 2697 int number_sizes; | |
| 2698 /* | |
| 2699 * Adjust the icon to the preferences of the actual window manager. | |
| 1226 | 2700 * This is once again a workaround for a deficiency in GTK+ 1.2. |
| 7 | 2701 */ |
| 2702 xdisplay = GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window); | |
| 2703 root_window = XRootWindow(xdisplay, DefaultScreen(xdisplay)); | |
| 2704 if (XGetIconSizes(xdisplay, root_window, &size, &number_sizes)) | |
| 2705 { | |
| 2706 if (number_sizes > 0) | |
| 2707 { | |
| 2708 if (size->max_height >= 48 && size->max_height >= 48) | |
| 2709 magick = vim48x48; | |
| 2710 else if (size->max_height >= 32 && size->max_height >= 32) | |
| 2711 magick = vim32x32; | |
| 2712 else if (size->max_height >= 16 && size->max_height >= 16) | |
| 2713 magick = vim16x16; | |
| 2714 } | |
| 2715 XFree(size); | |
| 2716 } | |
| 2717 icon = gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d(gui.mainwin->window, | |
| 2718 &icon_mask, NULL, magick); | |
| 2719 if (icon != NULL) | |
| 2720 /* Note: for some reason gdk_window_set_icon() doesn't acquire | |
| 2721 * a reference on the pixmap, thus we _have_ to leak it. */ | |
| 2722 gdk_window_set_icon(gui.mainwin->window, NULL, icon, icon_mask); | |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 #endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 2725 } | |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 #if !(defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION)) | |
| 2728 /* Register a handler for WM_SAVE_YOURSELF with GDK's low-level X I/F */ | |
| 2729 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 2730 gdk_window_add_filter(NULL, &global_event_filter, NULL); | |
| 2731 # else | |
| 2732 gdk_add_client_message_filter(wm_protocols_atom, | |
| 2733 &gdk_wm_protocols_filter, NULL); | |
| 2734 # endif | |
| 2735 #endif | |
| 2736 /* Setup to indicate to the window manager that we want to catch the | |
| 2737 * WM_SAVE_YOURSELF event. For GNOME, this connects to the session | |
| 2738 * manager instead. */ | |
| 2739 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION) | |
| 2740 if (using_gnome) | |
| 2741 #endif | |
| 2742 setup_save_yourself(); | |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 #ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER | |
| 2745 if (serverName == NULL && serverDelayedStartName != NULL) | |
| 2746 { | |
| 2747 /* This is a :gui command in a plain vim with no previous server */ | |
| 2748 commWindow = GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window); | |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 (void)serverRegisterName(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window), | |
| 2751 serverDelayedStartName); | |
| 2752 } | |
| 2753 else | |
| 2754 { | |
| 2755 /* | |
| 2756 * Cannot handle "XLib-only" windows with gtk event routines, we'll | |
| 2757 * have to change the "server" registration to that of the main window | |
| 2758 * If we have not registered a name yet, remember the window | |
| 2759 */ | |
| 2760 serverChangeRegisteredWindow(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window), | |
| 2761 GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window)); | |
| 2762 } | |
| 2763 gtk_widget_add_events(gui.mainwin, GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK); | |
| 2764 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "property_notify_event", | |
| 2765 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(property_event), NULL); | |
| 2766 #endif | |
| 2767 } | |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 static GdkCursor * | |
| 2770 create_blank_pointer(void) | |
| 2771 { | |
| 2772 GdkWindow *root_window = NULL; | |
| 2773 GdkPixmap *blank_mask; | |
| 2774 GdkCursor *cursor; | |
| 2775 GdkColor color = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; | |
| 2776 char blank_data[] = { 0x0 }; | |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD | |
| 2779 root_window = gtk_widget_get_root_window(gui.mainwin); | |
| 2780 #endif | |
| 2781 | |
| 2782 /* Create a pseudo blank pointer, which is in fact one pixel by one pixel | |
| 2783 * in size. */ | |
| 2784 blank_mask = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data(root_window, blank_data, 1, 1); | |
| 2785 cursor = gdk_cursor_new_from_pixmap(blank_mask, blank_mask, | |
| 2786 &color, &color, 0, 0); | |
| 2787 gdk_bitmap_unref(blank_mask); | |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 return cursor; | |
| 2790 } | |
| 2791 | |
| 2792 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD | |
| 2793 static void | |
| 2794 mainwin_screen_changed_cb(GtkWidget *widget, | |
| 1884 | 2795 GdkScreen *previous_screen UNUSED, |
| 2796 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 2797 { |
| 2798 if (!gtk_widget_has_screen(widget)) | |
| 2799 return; | |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 /* | |
| 1226 | 2802 * Recreate the invisible mouse cursor. |
| 7 | 2803 */ |
| 2804 if (gui.blank_pointer != NULL) | |
| 2805 gdk_cursor_unref(gui.blank_pointer); | |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 gui.blank_pointer = create_blank_pointer(); | |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 if (gui.pointer_hidden && gui.drawarea->window != NULL) | |
| 2810 gdk_window_set_cursor(gui.drawarea->window, gui.blank_pointer); | |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 /* | |
| 2813 * Create a new PangoContext for this screen, and initialize it | |
| 2814 * with the current font if necessary. | |
| 2815 */ | |
| 2816 if (gui.text_context != NULL) | |
| 2817 g_object_unref(gui.text_context); | |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 gui.text_context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context(widget); | |
| 2820 pango_context_set_base_dir(gui.text_context, PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR); | |
| 2821 | |
| 2822 if (gui.norm_font != NULL) | |
| 2823 { | |
| 38 | 2824 gui_mch_init_font(p_guifont, FALSE); |
| 814 | 2825 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 2826 } |
| 2827 } | |
| 2828 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD */ | |
| 2829 | |
| 2830 /* | |
| 2831 * After the drawing area comes up, we calculate all colors and create the | |
| 2832 * dummy blank cursor. | |
| 2833 * | |
| 2834 * Don't try to set any VIM scrollbar sizes anywhere here. I'm relying on the | |
| 2835 * fact that the main VIM engine doesn't take them into account anywhere. | |
| 2836 */ | |
| 2837 static void | |
| 1884 | 2838 drawarea_realize_cb(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data UNUSED) |
| 7 | 2839 { |
| 2840 GtkWidget *sbar; | |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 #ifdef FEAT_XIM | |
| 2843 xim_init(); | |
| 2844 #endif | |
| 2845 gui_mch_new_colors(); | |
| 2846 gui.text_gc = gdk_gc_new(gui.drawarea->window); | |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 gui.blank_pointer = create_blank_pointer(); | |
| 2849 if (gui.pointer_hidden) | |
| 2850 gdk_window_set_cursor(widget->window, gui.blank_pointer); | |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 /* get the actual size of the scrollbars, if they are realized */ | |
| 2853 sbar = firstwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT].id; | |
| 2854 if (!sbar || (!gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT] | |
| 2855 && firstwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT].id)) | |
| 2856 sbar = firstwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT].id; | |
| 2857 if (sbar && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(sbar) && sbar->allocation.width) | |
| 2858 gui.scrollbar_width = sbar->allocation.width; | |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 sbar = gui.bottom_sbar.id; | |
| 2861 if (sbar && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(sbar) && sbar->allocation.height) | |
| 2862 gui.scrollbar_height = sbar->allocation.height; | |
| 2863 } | |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 /* | |
| 2866 * Properly clean up on shutdown. | |
| 2867 */ | |
| 2868 static void | |
| 1884 | 2869 drawarea_unrealize_cb(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, gpointer data UNUSED) |
| 7 | 2870 { |
| 2871 /* Don't write messages to the GUI anymore */ | |
| 2872 full_screen = FALSE; | |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 #ifdef FEAT_XIM | |
| 2875 im_shutdown(); | |
| 2876 #endif | |
| 2877 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 2878 if (gui.ascii_glyphs != NULL) | |
| 2879 { | |
| 2880 pango_glyph_string_free(gui.ascii_glyphs); | |
| 2881 gui.ascii_glyphs = NULL; | |
| 2882 } | |
| 2883 if (gui.ascii_font != NULL) | |
| 2884 { | |
| 2885 g_object_unref(gui.ascii_font); | |
| 2886 gui.ascii_font = NULL; | |
| 2887 } | |
| 2888 g_object_unref(gui.text_context); | |
| 2889 gui.text_context = NULL; | |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 g_object_unref(gui.text_gc); | |
| 2892 gui.text_gc = NULL; | |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 gdk_cursor_unref(gui.blank_pointer); | |
| 2895 gui.blank_pointer = NULL; | |
| 2896 #else | |
| 2897 gdk_gc_unref(gui.text_gc); | |
| 2898 gui.text_gc = NULL; | |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 gdk_cursor_destroy(gui.blank_pointer); | |
| 2901 gui.blank_pointer = NULL; | |
| 2902 #endif | |
| 2903 } | |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 static void | |
| 1884 | 2906 drawarea_style_set_cb(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, |
| 2907 GtkStyle *previous_style UNUSED, | |
| 2908 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 2909 { |
| 2910 gui_mch_new_colors(); | |
| 2911 } | |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 /* | |
| 2914 * Callback routine for the "delete_event" signal on the toplevel window. | |
| 2915 * Tries to vim gracefully, or refuses to exit with changed buffers. | |
| 2916 */ | |
| 2917 static gint | |
| 1884 | 2918 delete_event_cb(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, |
| 2919 GdkEventAny *event UNUSED, | |
| 2920 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 2921 { |
| 2922 gui_shell_closed(); | |
| 2923 return TRUE; | |
| 2924 } | |
| 2925 | |
| 685 | 2926 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) || defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) |
| 2927 static int | |
| 2928 get_item_dimensions(GtkWidget *widget, GtkOrientation orientation) | |
| 2929 { | |
| 2930 GtkOrientation item_orientation = GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL; | |
| 2931 | |
| 2932 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME | |
| 2933 if (using_gnome && widget != NULL) | |
| 2934 { | |
| 2935 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 856 | 2936 GtkWidget *parent; |
| 685 | 2937 BonoboDockItem *dockitem; |
| 2938 | |
| 791 | 2939 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent(widget); |
| 856 | 2940 if (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE(parent) == BONOBO_TYPE_DOCK_ITEM) |
| 2941 { | |
| 2942 /* Only menu & toolbar are dock items. Could tabline be? | |
| 2943 * Seem to be only the 2 defined in GNOME */ | |
| 2944 widget = parent; | |
| 2945 dockitem = BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM(widget); | |
| 2946 | |
| 2947 if (dockitem == NULL || dockitem->is_floating) | |
| 2948 return 0; | |
| 2949 item_orientation = bonobo_dock_item_get_orientation(dockitem); | |
| 2950 } | |
| 685 | 2951 # else |
| 2952 GnomeDockItem *dockitem; | |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 widget = widget->parent; | |
| 2955 dockitem = GNOME_DOCK_ITEM(widget); | |
| 2956 | |
| 2957 if (dockitem == NULL || dockitem->is_floating) | |
| 2958 return 0; | |
| 2959 item_orientation = gnome_dock_item_get_orientation(dockitem); | |
| 2960 # endif | |
| 2961 } | |
| 2962 #endif | |
| 2963 if (widget != NULL | |
| 2964 && item_orientation == orientation | |
| 2965 && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(widget) | |
| 2966 && GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE(widget)) | |
| 2967 { | |
| 2968 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL) | |
| 2969 return widget->allocation.height; | |
| 2970 else | |
| 2971 return widget->allocation.width; | |
| 2972 } | |
| 2973 return 0; | |
| 2974 } | |
| 2975 #endif | |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 static int | |
| 2978 get_menu_tool_width(void) | |
| 2979 { | |
| 2980 int width = 0; | |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME /* these are never vertical without GNOME */ | |
| 2983 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 2984 width += get_item_dimensions(gui.menubar, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL); | |
| 2985 # endif | |
| 2986 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR | |
| 2987 width += get_item_dimensions(gui.toolbar, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL); | |
| 2988 # endif | |
| 2989 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE | |
| 782 | 2990 if (gui.tabline != NULL) |
| 2991 width += get_item_dimensions(gui.tabline, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL); | |
| 685 | 2992 # endif |
| 2993 #endif | |
| 2994 | |
| 2995 return width; | |
| 2996 } | |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 static int | |
| 2999 get_menu_tool_height(void) | |
| 3000 { | |
| 3001 int height = 0; | |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3004 height += get_item_dimensions(gui.menubar, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); | |
| 3005 #endif | |
| 3006 #ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR | |
| 3007 height += get_item_dimensions(gui.toolbar, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); | |
| 3008 #endif | |
| 3009 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE | |
| 782 | 3010 if (gui.tabline != NULL) |
| 3011 height += get_item_dimensions(gui.tabline, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); | |
| 685 | 3012 #endif |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 return height; | |
| 3015 } | |
| 3016 | |
| 791 | 3017 /* This controls whether we can set the real window hints at |
| 3018 * start-up when in a GtkPlug. | |
| 3019 * 0 = normal processing (default) | |
| 3020 * 1 = init. hints set, no-one's tried to reset since last check | |
| 3021 * 2 = init. hints set, attempt made to change hints | |
| 3022 */ | |
| 3023 static int init_window_hints_state = 0; | |
| 3024 | |
| 685 | 3025 static void |
| 791 | 3026 update_window_manager_hints(int force_width, int force_height) |
| 685 | 3027 { |
| 3028 static int old_width = 0; | |
| 3029 static int old_height = 0; | |
| 791 | 3030 static int old_min_width = 0; |
| 3031 static int old_min_height = 0; | |
| 685 | 3032 static int old_char_width = 0; |
| 3033 static int old_char_height = 0; | |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 int width; | |
| 3036 int height; | |
| 791 | 3037 int min_width; |
| 3038 int min_height; | |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 /* At start-up, don't try to set the hints until the initial | |
| 3041 * values have been used (those that dictate our initial size) | |
| 1884 | 3042 * Let forced (i.e., correct) values through always. |
| 791 | 3043 */ |
| 3044 if (!(force_width && force_height) && init_window_hints_state > 0) | |
| 3045 { | |
| 856 | 3046 /* Don't do it! */ |
| 3047 init_window_hints_state = 2; | |
| 3048 return; | |
| 791 | 3049 } |
| 685 | 3050 |
| 3051 /* This also needs to be done when the main window isn't there yet, | |
| 3052 * otherwise the hints don't work. */ | |
| 3053 width = gui_get_base_width(); | |
| 3054 height = gui_get_base_height(); | |
| 3055 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3056 height += tabline_height() * gui.char_height; | |
| 3057 # endif | |
| 3058 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3059 width += get_menu_tool_width(); | |
| 3060 height += get_menu_tool_height(); | |
| 3061 # endif | |
| 3062 | |
| 791 | 3063 /* GtkSockets use GtkPlug's [gui,mainwin] min-size hints to determine |
| 1226 | 3064 * their actual widget size. When we set our size ourselves (e.g., |
| 791 | 3065 * 'set columns=' or init. -geom) we briefly set the min. to the size |
| 3066 * we wish to be instead of the legitimate minimum so that we actually | |
| 3067 * resize correctly. | |
| 3068 */ | |
| 3069 if (force_width && force_height) | |
| 3070 { | |
| 856 | 3071 min_width = force_width; |
| 3072 min_height = force_height; | |
| 791 | 3073 } |
| 3074 else | |
| 3075 { | |
| 856 | 3076 min_width = width + MIN_COLUMNS * gui.char_width; |
| 3077 min_height = height + MIN_LINES * gui.char_height; | |
| 791 | 3078 } |
| 3079 | |
| 685 | 3080 /* Avoid an expose event when the size didn't change. */ |
| 3081 if (width != old_width | |
| 3082 || height != old_height | |
| 856 | 3083 || min_width != old_min_width |
| 791 | 3084 || min_height != old_min_height |
| 685 | 3085 || gui.char_width != old_char_width |
| 3086 || gui.char_height != old_char_height) | |
| 3087 { | |
| 3088 GdkGeometry geometry; | |
| 3089 GdkWindowHints geometry_mask; | |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 geometry.width_inc = gui.char_width; | |
| 3092 geometry.height_inc = gui.char_height; | |
| 3093 geometry.base_width = width; | |
| 3094 geometry.base_height = height; | |
| 856 | 3095 geometry.min_width = min_width; |
| 3096 geometry.min_height = min_height; | |
| 685 | 3097 geometry_mask = GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE|GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC |
| 3098 |GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE; | |
| 3099 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3100 /* Using gui.formwin as geometry widget doesn't work as expected | |
| 3101 * with GTK+ 2 -- dunno why. Presumably all the resizing hacks | |
| 3102 * in Vim confuse GTK+. */ | |
| 3103 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), gui.mainwin, | |
| 3104 &geometry, geometry_mask); | |
| 3105 # else | |
| 3106 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), gui.formwin, | |
| 3107 &geometry, geometry_mask); | |
| 3108 # endif | |
| 856 | 3109 old_width = width; |
| 3110 old_height = height; | |
| 3111 old_min_width = min_width; | |
| 3112 old_min_height = min_height; | |
| 3113 old_char_width = gui.char_width; | |
| 3114 old_char_height = gui.char_height; | |
| 685 | 3115 } |
| 3116 } | |
| 3117 | |
| 7 | 3118 #ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3121 /* | |
| 3122 * This extra effort wouldn't be necessary if we only used stock icons in the | |
| 3123 * toolbar, as we do for all builtin icons. But user-defined toolbar icons | |
| 3124 * shouldn't be treated differently, thus we do need this. | |
| 3125 */ | |
| 3126 static void | |
| 3127 icon_size_changed_foreach(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data) | |
| 3128 { | |
| 3129 if (GTK_IS_IMAGE(widget)) | |
| 3130 { | |
| 3131 GtkImage *image = (GtkImage *)widget; | |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 /* User-defined icons are stored in a GtkIconSet */ | |
| 3134 if (gtk_image_get_storage_type(image) == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_SET) | |
| 3135 { | |
| 3136 GtkIconSet *icon_set; | |
| 3137 GtkIconSize icon_size; | |
| 3138 | |
| 3139 gtk_image_get_icon_set(image, &icon_set, &icon_size); | |
| 3140 icon_size = (GtkIconSize)(long)user_data; | |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 gtk_icon_set_ref(icon_set); | |
| 3143 gtk_image_set_from_icon_set(image, icon_set, icon_size); | |
| 3144 gtk_icon_set_unref(icon_set); | |
| 3145 } | |
| 3146 } | |
| 3147 else if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER(widget)) | |
| 3148 { | |
| 3149 gtk_container_foreach((GtkContainer *)widget, | |
| 3150 &icon_size_changed_foreach, | |
| 3151 user_data); | |
| 3152 } | |
| 3153 } | |
| 3154 # endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 3155 | |
| 3156 static void | |
| 3157 set_toolbar_style(GtkToolbar *toolbar) | |
| 3158 { | |
| 3159 GtkToolbarStyle style; | |
| 3160 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3161 GtkIconSize size; | |
| 3162 GtkIconSize oldsize; | |
| 3163 # endif | |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3166 if ((toolbar_flags & (TOOLBAR_TEXT | TOOLBAR_ICONS | TOOLBAR_HORIZ)) | |
| 3167 == (TOOLBAR_TEXT | TOOLBAR_ICONS | TOOLBAR_HORIZ)) | |
| 3168 style = GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ; | |
| 3169 else | |
| 3170 # endif | |
| 3171 if ((toolbar_flags & (TOOLBAR_TEXT | TOOLBAR_ICONS)) | |
| 3172 == (TOOLBAR_TEXT | TOOLBAR_ICONS)) | |
| 3173 style = GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH; | |
| 3174 else if (toolbar_flags & TOOLBAR_TEXT) | |
| 3175 style = GTK_TOOLBAR_TEXT; | |
| 3176 else | |
| 3177 style = GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS; | |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 gtk_toolbar_set_style(toolbar, style); | |
| 3180 gtk_toolbar_set_tooltips(toolbar, (toolbar_flags & TOOLBAR_TOOLTIPS) != 0); | |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3183 switch (tbis_flags) | |
| 3184 { | |
| 3185 case TBIS_TINY: size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU; break; | |
| 3186 case TBIS_SMALL: size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR; break; | |
| 3187 case TBIS_MEDIUM: size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON; break; | |
| 3188 case TBIS_LARGE: size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR; break; | |
| 3189 default: size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID; break; | |
| 3190 } | |
| 3191 oldsize = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size(toolbar); | |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 if (size == GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID) | |
| 3194 { | |
| 3195 /* Let global user preferences decide the icon size. */ | |
| 3196 gtk_toolbar_unset_icon_size(toolbar); | |
| 3197 size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size(toolbar); | |
| 3198 } | |
| 3199 if (size != oldsize) | |
| 3200 { | |
| 3201 gtk_container_foreach(GTK_CONTAINER(toolbar), | |
| 3202 &icon_size_changed_foreach, | |
| 3203 GINT_TO_POINTER((int)size)); | |
| 3204 } | |
| 3205 gtk_toolbar_set_icon_size(toolbar, size); | |
| 3206 # endif | |
| 3207 } | |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 #endif /* FEAT_TOOLBAR */ | |
| 3210 | |
| 685 | 3211 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3212 static int ignore_tabline_evt = FALSE; | |
| 689 | 3213 static GtkWidget *tabline_menu; |
| 846 | 3214 static GtkTooltips *tabline_tooltip; |
| 689 | 3215 static int clicked_page; /* page clicked in tab line */ |
| 3216 | |
| 3217 /* | |
| 3218 * Handle selecting an item in the tab line popup menu. | |
| 3219 */ | |
| 3220 static void | |
| 1884 | 3221 tabline_menu_handler(GtkMenuItem *item UNUSED, gpointer user_data) |
| 689 | 3222 { |
| 3223 /* Add the string cmd into input buffer */ | |
| 824 | 3224 send_tabline_menu_event(clicked_page, (int)(long)user_data); |
| 689 | 3225 |
| 3226 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 3227 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 3228 } | |
| 3229 | |
| 851 | 3230 static void |
| 3231 add_tabline_menu_item(GtkWidget *menu, char_u *text, int resp) | |
| 3232 { | |
| 3233 GtkWidget *item; | |
| 3234 char_u *utf_text; | |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 utf_text = CONVERT_TO_UTF8(text); | |
| 3237 item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label((const char *)utf_text); | |
| 3238 gtk_widget_show(item); | |
| 3239 CONVERT_TO_UTF8_FREE(utf_text); | |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(menu), item); | |
| 3242 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(item), "activate", | |
| 3243 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(tabline_menu_handler), | |
| 1660 | 3244 (gpointer)(long)resp); |
| 851 | 3245 } |
| 3246 | |
| 689 | 3247 /* |
| 3248 * Create a menu for the tab line. | |
| 3249 */ | |
| 3250 static GtkWidget * | |
| 3251 create_tabline_menu(void) | |
| 3252 { | |
| 851 | 3253 GtkWidget *menu; |
| 689 | 3254 |
| 3255 menu = gtk_menu_new(); | |
| 851 | 3256 add_tabline_menu_item(menu, (char_u *)_("Close"), TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE); |
| 3257 add_tabline_menu_item(menu, (char_u *)_("New tab"), TABLINE_MENU_NEW); | |
| 3258 add_tabline_menu_item(menu, (char_u *)_("Open Tab..."), TABLINE_MENU_OPEN); | |
| 689 | 3259 |
| 3260 return menu; | |
| 3261 } | |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 static gboolean | |
| 3264 on_tabline_menu(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event) | |
| 3265 { | |
| 3266 /* Was this button press event ? */ | |
| 3267 if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS) | |
| 3268 { | |
| 3269 GdkEventButton *bevent = (GdkEventButton *)event; | |
| 3270 int x = bevent->x; | |
| 851 | 3271 int y = bevent->y; |
| 3272 GtkWidget *tabwidget; | |
| 3273 GdkWindow *tabwin; | |
| 689 | 3274 |
| 844 | 3275 /* When ignoring events return TRUE so that the selected page doesn't |
| 3276 * change. */ | |
| 3277 if (hold_gui_events | |
| 3278 # ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 3279 || cmdwin_type != 0 | |
| 3280 # endif | |
| 3281 ) | |
| 3282 return TRUE; | |
| 3283 | |
| 851 | 3284 tabwin = gdk_window_at_pointer(&x, &y); |
| 3285 gdk_window_get_user_data(tabwin, (gpointer)&tabwidget); | |
| 3286 clicked_page = (int)(long)gtk_object_get_user_data( | |
| 3287 GTK_OBJECT(tabwidget)); | |
| 689 | 3288 |
| 3289 /* If the event was generated for 3rd button popup the menu. */ | |
| 3290 if (bevent->button == 3) | |
| 3291 { | |
| 3292 gtk_menu_popup(GTK_MENU(widget), NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, | |
| 3293 bevent->button, bevent->time); | |
| 3294 /* We handled the event. */ | |
| 3295 return TRUE; | |
| 3296 } | |
| 868 | 3297 else if (bevent->button == 1) |
| 693 | 3298 { |
| 868 | 3299 if (clicked_page == 0) |
| 3300 { | |
| 1394 | 3301 /* Click after all tabs moves to next tab page. When "x" is |
| 3302 * small guess it's the left button. */ | |
| 3303 if (send_tabline_event(x < 50 ? -1 : 0) && gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 868 | 3304 gtk_main_quit(); |
| 3305 } | |
| 3306 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3307 else | |
| 3308 gtk_notebook_set_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), | |
| 3309 clicked_page - 1); | |
| 3310 #endif | |
| 693 | 3311 } |
| 689 | 3312 } |
| 844 | 3313 |
| 689 | 3314 /* We didn't handle the event. */ |
| 3315 return FALSE; | |
| 3316 } | |
| 685 | 3317 |
| 3318 /* | |
| 3319 * Handle selecting one of the tabs. | |
| 3320 */ | |
| 3321 static void | |
| 3322 on_select_tab( | |
| 1884 | 3323 GtkNotebook *notebook UNUSED, |
| 3324 GtkNotebookPage *page UNUSED, | |
| 944 | 3325 gint idx, |
| 1884 | 3326 gpointer data UNUSED) |
| 685 | 3327 { |
| 3328 if (!ignore_tabline_evt) | |
| 693 | 3329 { |
| 944 | 3330 if (send_tabline_event(idx + 1) && gtk_main_level() > 0) |
| 693 | 3331 gtk_main_quit(); |
| 3332 } | |
| 685 | 3333 } |
| 3334 | |
| 714 | 3335 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 |
| 3336 static int showing_tabline = 0; | |
| 3337 #endif | |
| 3338 | |
| 685 | 3339 /* |
| 3340 * Show or hide the tabline. | |
| 3341 */ | |
| 3342 void | |
| 3343 gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit) | |
| 3344 { | |
| 3345 if (gui.tabline == NULL) | |
| 3346 return; | |
| 3347 | |
| 714 | 3348 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 |
| 3349 /* gtk_notebook_get_show_tabs does not exist in gtk+-1.2.10 */ | |
| 685 | 3350 if (!showit != !gtk_notebook_get_show_tabs(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline))) |
| 714 | 3351 #else |
| 3352 if (!showit != !showing_tabline) | |
| 3353 #endif | |
| 685 | 3354 { |
| 708 | 3355 /* Note: this may cause a resize event */ |
| 685 | 3356 gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), showit); |
| 791 | 3357 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0); |
| 714 | 3358 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 |
| 3359 showing_tabline = showit; | |
| 3360 #endif | |
| 868 | 3361 if (showit) |
| 3362 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS(GTK_WIDGET(gui.tabline), GTK_CAN_FOCUS); | |
| 3363 } | |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 685 | 3366 } |
| 3367 | |
| 3368 /* | |
| 708 | 3369 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed. |
| 3370 */ | |
| 3371 int | |
| 3372 gui_mch_showing_tabline(void) | |
| 3373 { | |
| 3374 return gui.tabline != NULL | |
| 714 | 3375 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 |
| 3376 /* gtk_notebook_get_show_tabs does not exist in gtk+-1.2.10 */ | |
| 3377 && gtk_notebook_get_show_tabs(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline)) | |
| 3378 #else | |
| 3379 && showing_tabline | |
| 3380 #endif | |
| 3381 ; | |
| 708 | 3382 } |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 /* | |
| 685 | 3385 * Update the labels of the tabline. |
| 3386 */ | |
| 3387 void | |
| 3388 gui_mch_update_tabline(void) | |
| 3389 { | |
| 3390 GtkWidget *page; | |
| 846 | 3391 GtkWidget *event_box; |
| 685 | 3392 GtkWidget *label; |
| 3393 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 3394 int nr = 0; | |
| 851 | 3395 int tab_num; |
| 685 | 3396 int curtabidx = 0; |
| 836 | 3397 char_u *labeltext; |
| 685 | 3398 |
| 3399 if (gui.tabline == NULL) | |
| 3400 return; | |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 ignore_tabline_evt = TRUE; | |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 /* Add a label for each tab page. They all contain the same text area. */ | |
| 3405 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr) | |
| 3406 { | |
| 3407 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 3408 curtabidx = nr; | |
| 3409 | |
| 851 | 3410 tab_num = nr + 1; |
| 3411 | |
| 685 | 3412 page = gtk_notebook_get_nth_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), nr); |
| 3413 if (page == NULL) | |
| 3414 { | |
| 3415 /* Add notebook page */ | |
| 3416 page = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 0); | |
| 3417 gtk_widget_show(page); | |
| 846 | 3418 event_box = gtk_event_box_new(); |
| 3419 gtk_widget_show(event_box); | |
| 685 | 3420 label = gtk_label_new("-Empty-"); |
| 851 | 3421 gtk_misc_set_padding(GTK_MISC(label), 2, 2); |
| 846 | 3422 gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(event_box), label); |
| 685 | 3423 gtk_widget_show(label); |
| 3424 gtk_notebook_insert_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), | |
| 3425 page, | |
| 846 | 3426 event_box, |
| 685 | 3427 nr++); |
| 3428 } | |
| 3429 | |
| 846 | 3430 event_box = gtk_notebook_get_tab_label(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), page); |
| 1660 | 3431 gtk_object_set_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(event_box), |
| 3432 (gpointer)(long)tab_num); | |
| 846 | 3433 label = GTK_BIN(event_box)->child; |
| 839 | 3434 get_tabline_label(tp, FALSE); |
| 836 | 3435 labeltext = CONVERT_TO_UTF8(NameBuff); |
| 846 | 3436 gtk_label_set_text(GTK_LABEL(label), (const char *)labeltext); |
| 836 | 3437 CONVERT_TO_UTF8_FREE(labeltext); |
| 846 | 3438 |
| 3439 get_tabline_label(tp, TRUE); | |
| 3440 labeltext = CONVERT_TO_UTF8(NameBuff); | |
| 3441 gtk_tooltips_set_tip(GTK_TOOLTIPS(tabline_tooltip), event_box, | |
| 3442 (const char *)labeltext, NULL); | |
| 3443 CONVERT_TO_UTF8_FREE(labeltext); | |
| 685 | 3444 } |
| 3445 | |
| 3446 /* Remove any old labels. */ | |
| 3447 while (gtk_notebook_get_nth_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), nr) != NULL) | |
| 3448 gtk_notebook_remove_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), nr); | |
| 3449 | |
| 3450 if (gtk_notebook_current_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline)) != curtabidx) | |
| 856 | 3451 gtk_notebook_set_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), curtabidx); |
| 685 | 3452 |
| 851 | 3453 /* Make sure everything is in place before drawing text. */ |
| 3454 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 3455 | |
| 685 | 3456 ignore_tabline_evt = FALSE; |
| 3457 } | |
| 3458 | |
| 3459 /* | |
| 3460 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1. | |
| 3461 */ | |
| 3462 void | |
| 3463 gui_mch_set_curtab(nr) | |
| 3464 int nr; | |
| 3465 { | |
| 3466 if (gui.tabline == NULL) | |
| 3467 return; | |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 ignore_tabline_evt = TRUE; | |
| 3470 if (gtk_notebook_current_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline)) != nr - 1) | |
| 856 | 3471 gtk_notebook_set_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), nr - 1); |
| 685 | 3472 ignore_tabline_evt = FALSE; |
| 3473 } | |
| 3474 | |
| 3475 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_TABLINE */ | |
| 3476 | |
| 7 | 3477 /* |
| 3478 * Initialize the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the callbacks etc. | |
| 3479 * Returns OK for success, FAIL when the GUI can't be started. | |
| 3480 */ | |
| 3481 int | |
| 3482 gui_mch_init(void) | |
| 3483 { | |
| 3484 GtkWidget *vbox; | |
| 3485 | |
| 3486 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME | |
| 3487 /* Initialize the GNOME libraries. gnome_program_init()/gnome_init() | |
| 3488 * exits on failure, but that's a non-issue because we already called | |
| 3489 * gtk_init_check() in gui_mch_init_check(). */ | |
| 3490 if (using_gnome) | |
| 3491 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3492 gnome_program_init(VIMPACKAGE, VIM_VERSION_SHORT, | |
| 3493 LIBGNOMEUI_MODULE, gui_argc, gui_argv, NULL); | |
| 3494 # else | |
| 3495 gnome_init(VIMPACKAGE, VIM_VERSION_SHORT, gui_argc, gui_argv); | |
| 3496 # endif | |
| 3497 #endif | |
| 3498 vim_free(gui_argv); | |
| 3499 gui_argv = NULL; | |
| 3500 | |
| 3501 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3502 # if GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2,1,3) | |
| 3503 /* Set the human-readable application name */ | |
| 3504 g_set_application_name("Vim"); | |
| 3505 # endif | |
| 3506 /* | |
| 3507 * Force UTF-8 output no matter what the value of 'encoding' is. | |
| 3508 * did_set_string_option() in option.c prohibits changing 'termencoding' | |
| 3509 * to something else than UTF-8 if the GUI is in use. | |
| 3510 */ | |
| 3511 set_option_value((char_u *)"termencoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0); | |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR | |
| 3514 gui_gtk_register_stock_icons(); | |
| 3515 # endif | |
| 3516 /* FIXME: Need to install the classic icons and a gtkrc.classic file. | |
| 3517 * The hard part is deciding install locations and the Makefile magic. */ | |
| 3518 # if 0 | |
| 3519 gtk_rc_parse("gtkrc"); | |
| 3520 # endif | |
| 3521 #endif | |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 /* Initialize values */ | |
| 3524 gui.border_width = 2; | |
| 3525 gui.scrollbar_width = SB_DEFAULT_WIDTH; | |
| 3526 gui.scrollbar_height = SB_DEFAULT_WIDTH; | |
| 136 | 3527 /* LINTED: avoid warning: conversion to 'unsigned long' */ |
| 7 | 3528 gui.fgcolor = g_new0(GdkColor, 1); |
| 136 | 3529 /* LINTED: avoid warning: conversion to 'unsigned long' */ |
| 7 | 3530 gui.bgcolor = g_new0(GdkColor, 1); |
| 207 | 3531 /* LINTED: avoid warning: conversion to 'unsigned long' */ |
| 3532 gui.spcolor = g_new0(GdkColor, 1); | |
| 7 | 3533 |
| 3534 /* Initialise atoms */ | |
| 3535 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1904 | 3536 html_atom = gdk_atom_intern("text/html", FALSE); |
| 7 | 3537 utf8_string_atom = gdk_atom_intern("UTF8_STRING", FALSE); |
| 3538 #endif | |
| 3539 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3540 compound_text_atom = gdk_atom_intern("COMPOUND_TEXT", FALSE); | |
| 3541 text_atom = gdk_atom_intern("TEXT", FALSE); | |
| 3542 #endif | |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 /* Set default foreground and background colors. */ | |
| 3545 gui.norm_pixel = gui.def_norm_pixel; | |
| 3546 gui.back_pixel = gui.def_back_pixel; | |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 if (gtk_socket_id != 0) | |
| 3549 { | |
| 3550 GtkWidget *plug; | |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 /* Use GtkSocket from another app. */ | |
| 3553 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD | |
| 3554 plug = gtk_plug_new_for_display(gdk_display_get_default(), | |
| 3555 gtk_socket_id); | |
| 3556 #else | |
| 3557 plug = gtk_plug_new(gtk_socket_id); | |
| 3558 #endif | |
| 3559 if (plug != NULL && GTK_PLUG(plug)->socket_window != NULL) | |
| 3560 { | |
| 3561 gui.mainwin = plug; | |
| 3562 } | |
| 3563 else | |
| 3564 { | |
| 3565 g_warning("Connection to GTK+ socket (ID %u) failed", | |
| 3566 (unsigned int)gtk_socket_id); | |
| 3567 /* Pretend we never wanted it if it failed (get own window) */ | |
| 3568 gtk_socket_id = 0; | |
| 3569 } | |
| 3570 } | |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 if (gtk_socket_id == 0) | |
| 3573 { | |
| 3574 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME | |
| 3575 if (using_gnome) | |
| 3576 { | |
| 3577 gui.mainwin = gnome_app_new("Vim", NULL); | |
| 3578 # ifdef USE_XSMP | |
| 3579 /* Use the GNOME save-yourself functionality now. */ | |
| 3580 xsmp_close(); | |
| 3581 # endif | |
| 3582 } | |
| 3583 else | |
| 3584 #endif | |
| 3585 gui.mainwin = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); | |
| 3586 } | |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 gtk_widget_set_name(gui.mainwin, "vim-main-window"); | |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3591 /* Create the PangoContext used for drawing all text. */ | |
| 3592 gui.text_context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context(gui.mainwin); | |
| 3593 pango_context_set_base_dir(gui.text_context, PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR); | |
| 3594 #endif | |
| 3595 | |
| 3596 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3597 gtk_window_set_policy(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), TRUE, TRUE, TRUE); | |
| 3598 #endif | |
| 3599 gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.mainwin), 0); | |
| 3600 gtk_widget_add_events(gui.mainwin, GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK); | |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "delete_event", | |
| 3603 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(&delete_event_cb), NULL); | |
| 3604 | |
| 3605 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "realize", | |
| 3606 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(&mainwin_realize), NULL); | |
| 3607 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD | |
| 3608 g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "screen_changed", | |
| 3609 G_CALLBACK(&mainwin_screen_changed_cb), NULL); | |
| 3610 #endif | |
| 3611 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3612 gui.accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new(); | |
| 3613 gtk_window_add_accel_group(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), gui.accel_group); | |
| 3614 #else | |
| 3615 gui.accel_group = gtk_accel_group_get_default(); | |
| 3616 #endif | |
| 3617 | |
| 685 | 3618 /* A vertical box holds the menubar, toolbar and main text window. */ |
| 7 | 3619 vbox = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 0); |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME | |
| 3622 if (using_gnome) | |
| 3623 { | |
| 3624 # if defined(HAVE_GTK2) && defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 3625 /* automagically restore menubar/toolbar placement */ | |
| 3626 gnome_app_enable_layout_config(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin), TRUE); | |
| 3627 # endif | |
| 3628 gnome_app_set_contents(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin), vbox); | |
| 3629 } | |
| 3630 else | |
| 3631 #endif | |
| 3632 { | |
| 3633 gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.mainwin), vbox); | |
| 3634 gtk_widget_show(vbox); | |
| 3635 } | |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3638 /* | |
| 3639 * Create the menubar and handle | |
| 3640 */ | |
| 3641 gui.menubar = gtk_menu_bar_new(); | |
| 3642 gtk_widget_set_name(gui.menubar, "vim-menubar"); | |
| 3643 | |
| 36 | 3644 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 |
| 3645 /* Avoid that GTK takes <F10> away from us. */ | |
| 3646 { | |
| 3647 GtkSettings *gtk_settings; | |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 gtk_settings = gtk_settings_get_for_screen(gdk_screen_get_default()); | |
| 3650 g_object_set(gtk_settings, "gtk-menu-bar-accel", NULL, NULL); | |
| 3651 } | |
| 3652 # endif | |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 | |
| 7 | 3655 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME |
| 3656 if (using_gnome) | |
| 3657 { | |
| 3658 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3659 BonoboDockItem *dockitem; | |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 gnome_app_set_menus(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin), GTK_MENU_BAR(gui.menubar)); | |
| 3662 dockitem = gnome_app_get_dock_item_by_name(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin), | |
| 3663 GNOME_APP_MENUBAR_NAME); | |
| 798 | 3664 /* We don't want the menu to float. */ |
| 3665 bonobo_dock_item_set_behavior(dockitem, | |
| 3666 bonobo_dock_item_get_behavior(dockitem) | |
| 3667 | BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_FLOATING); | |
| 7 | 3668 gui.menubar_h = GTK_WIDGET(dockitem); |
| 3669 # else | |
| 3670 gui.menubar_h = gnome_dock_item_new("VimMainMenu", | |
| 3671 GNOME_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_EXCLUSIVE | | |
| 3672 GNOME_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_VERTICAL); | |
| 3673 gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.menubar_h), gui.menubar); | |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 gnome_dock_add_item(GNOME_DOCK(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin)->dock), | |
| 3676 GNOME_DOCK_ITEM(gui.menubar_h), | |
| 3677 GNOME_DOCK_TOP, /* placement */ | |
| 3678 1, /* band_num */ | |
| 3679 0, /* band_position */ | |
| 3680 0, /* offset */ | |
| 3681 TRUE); | |
| 3682 gtk_widget_show(gui.menubar); | |
| 3683 # endif | |
| 3684 } | |
| 3685 else | |
| 3686 # endif /* FEAT_GUI_GNOME */ | |
| 3687 { | |
| 827 | 3688 /* Always show the menubar, otherwise <F10> doesn't work. It may be |
| 3689 * disabled in gui_init() later. */ | |
| 3690 gtk_widget_show(gui.menubar); | |
| 7 | 3691 gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), gui.menubar, FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
| 3692 } | |
| 3693 #endif /* FEAT_MENU */ | |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 #ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR | |
| 3696 /* | |
| 3697 * Create the toolbar and handle | |
| 3698 */ | |
| 3699 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3700 /* some aesthetics on the toolbar */ | |
| 3701 gtk_rc_parse_string( | |
| 3702 "style \"vim-toolbar-style\" {\n" | |
| 3703 " GtkToolbar::button_relief = GTK_RELIEF_NONE\n" | |
| 3704 "}\n" | |
| 3705 "widget \"*.vim-toolbar\" style \"vim-toolbar-style\"\n"); | |
| 3706 gui.toolbar = gtk_toolbar_new(); | |
| 3707 gtk_widget_set_name(gui.toolbar, "vim-toolbar"); | |
| 3708 # else | |
| 3709 gui.toolbar = gtk_toolbar_new(GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, | |
| 3710 GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS); | |
| 3711 gtk_toolbar_set_button_relief(GTK_TOOLBAR(gui.toolbar), GTK_RELIEF_NONE); | |
| 3712 # endif | |
| 3713 set_toolbar_style(GTK_TOOLBAR(gui.toolbar)); | |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME | |
| 3716 if (using_gnome) | |
| 3717 { | |
| 3718 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3719 BonoboDockItem *dockitem; | |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 gnome_app_set_toolbar(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin), GTK_TOOLBAR(gui.toolbar)); | |
| 3722 dockitem = gnome_app_get_dock_item_by_name(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin), | |
| 3723 GNOME_APP_TOOLBAR_NAME); | |
| 3724 gui.toolbar_h = GTK_WIDGET(dockitem); | |
| 795 | 3725 /* When the toolbar is floating it gets stuck. So long as that isn't |
| 798 | 3726 * fixed let's disallow floating. */ |
| 795 | 3727 bonobo_dock_item_set_behavior(dockitem, |
| 798 | 3728 bonobo_dock_item_get_behavior(dockitem) |
| 3729 | BONOBO_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_NEVER_FLOATING); | |
| 7 | 3730 gtk_container_set_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.toolbar), 0); |
| 3731 # else | |
| 3732 GtkWidget *dockitem; | |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 dockitem = gnome_dock_item_new("VimToolBar", | |
| 3735 GNOME_DOCK_ITEM_BEH_EXCLUSIVE); | |
| 3736 gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(dockitem), GTK_WIDGET(gui.toolbar)); | |
| 3737 gui.toolbar_h = dockitem; | |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 gnome_dock_add_item(GNOME_DOCK(GNOME_APP(gui.mainwin)->dock), | |
| 3740 GNOME_DOCK_ITEM(dockitem), | |
| 3741 GNOME_DOCK_TOP, /* placement */ | |
| 3742 1, /* band_num */ | |
| 3743 1, /* band_position */ | |
| 3744 0, /* offset */ | |
| 3745 TRUE); | |
| 3746 gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.toolbar), 2); | |
| 3747 gtk_widget_show(gui.toolbar); | |
| 3748 # endif | |
| 3749 } | |
| 3750 else | |
| 3751 # endif /* FEAT_GUI_GNOME */ | |
| 3752 { | |
| 3753 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3754 gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.toolbar), 1); | |
| 3755 # endif | |
| 3756 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TOOLBAR) != NULL | |
| 3757 && (toolbar_flags & (TOOLBAR_TEXT | TOOLBAR_ICONS))) | |
| 3758 gtk_widget_show(gui.toolbar); | |
| 3759 gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), gui.toolbar, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
| 3760 } | |
| 3761 #endif /* FEAT_TOOLBAR */ | |
| 3762 | |
| 685 | 3763 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 782 | 3764 /* |
| 3765 * Use a Notebook for the tab pages labels. The labels are hidden by | |
| 3766 * default. | |
| 3767 */ | |
| 791 | 3768 gui.tabline = gtk_notebook_new(); |
| 3769 gtk_widget_show(gui.tabline); | |
| 3770 gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), gui.tabline, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
| 3771 gtk_notebook_set_show_border(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), FALSE); | |
| 3772 gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), FALSE); | |
| 841 | 3773 gtk_notebook_set_scrollable(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), TRUE); |
| 868 | 3774 gtk_notebook_set_tab_border(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), FALSE); |
| 791 | 3775 |
| 846 | 3776 tabline_tooltip = gtk_tooltips_new(); |
| 3777 gtk_tooltips_enable(GTK_TOOLTIPS(tabline_tooltip)); | |
| 3778 | |
| 3779 { | |
| 3780 GtkWidget *page, *label, *event_box; | |
| 791 | 3781 |
| 856 | 3782 /* Add the first tab. */ |
| 846 | 3783 page = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 0); |
| 3784 gtk_widget_show(page); | |
| 3785 gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.tabline), page); | |
| 3786 label = gtk_label_new("-Empty-"); | |
| 3787 gtk_widget_show(label); | |
| 3788 event_box = gtk_event_box_new(); | |
| 3789 gtk_widget_show(event_box); | |
| 1660 | 3790 gtk_object_set_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(event_box), (gpointer)1L); |
| 851 | 3791 gtk_misc_set_padding(GTK_MISC(label), 2, 2); |
| 846 | 3792 gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(event_box), label); |
| 3793 gtk_notebook_set_tab_label(GTK_NOTEBOOK(gui.tabline), page, event_box); | |
| 791 | 3794 } |
| 865 | 3795 |
| 791 | 3796 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.tabline), "switch_page", |
| 856 | 3797 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(on_select_tab), NULL); |
| 791 | 3798 |
| 3799 /* Create a popup menu for the tab line and connect it. */ | |
| 3800 tabline_menu = create_tabline_menu(); | |
| 3801 gtk_signal_connect_object(GTK_OBJECT(gui.tabline), "button_press_event", | |
| 856 | 3802 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(on_tabline_menu), GTK_OBJECT(tabline_menu)); |
| 685 | 3803 #endif |
| 3804 | |
| 7 | 3805 gui.formwin = gtk_form_new(); |
| 3806 gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(gui.formwin), 0); | |
| 3807 gtk_widget_set_events(gui.formwin, GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK); | |
| 3808 | |
| 3809 gui.drawarea = gtk_drawing_area_new(); | |
| 3810 | |
| 3811 /* Determine which events we will filter. */ | |
| 3812 gtk_widget_set_events(gui.drawarea, | |
| 3813 GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK | | |
| 3814 GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK | | |
| 3815 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK | | |
| 3816 GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | | |
| 3817 GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | | |
| 3818 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3819 GDK_SCROLL_MASK | | |
| 3820 #endif | |
| 3821 GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK | | |
| 3822 GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK | | |
| 3823 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK | | |
| 3824 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK); | |
| 3825 | |
| 3826 gtk_widget_show(gui.drawarea); | |
| 3827 gtk_form_put(GTK_FORM(gui.formwin), gui.drawarea, 0, 0); | |
| 3828 gtk_widget_show(gui.formwin); | |
| 3829 gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), gui.formwin, TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
| 3830 | |
| 3831 /* For GtkSockets, key-presses must go to the focus widget (drawarea) | |
| 3832 * and not the window. */ | |
| 3833 gtk_signal_connect((gtk_socket_id == 0) ? GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin) | |
| 3834 : GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), | |
| 3835 "key_press_event", | |
| 3836 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(key_press_event), NULL); | |
| 3837 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(HAVE_GTK2) | |
| 3838 /* Also forward key release events for the benefit of GTK+ 2 input | |
| 3839 * modules. Try CTRL-SHIFT-xdigits to enter a Unicode code point. */ | |
| 3840 g_signal_connect((gtk_socket_id == 0) ? G_OBJECT(gui.mainwin) | |
| 3841 : G_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), | |
| 3842 "key_release_event", | |
| 3843 G_CALLBACK(&key_release_event), NULL); | |
| 3844 #endif | |
| 3845 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "realize", | |
| 3846 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(drawarea_realize_cb), NULL); | |
| 3847 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "unrealize", | |
| 3848 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(drawarea_unrealize_cb), NULL); | |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 gtk_signal_connect_after(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "style_set", | |
| 3851 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(&drawarea_style_set_cb), NULL); | |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 gui.visibility = GDK_VISIBILITY_UNOBSCURED; | |
| 3854 | |
| 3855 #if !(defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION)) | |
| 3856 wm_protocols_atom = gdk_atom_intern("WM_PROTOCOLS", FALSE); | |
| 3857 save_yourself_atom = gdk_atom_intern("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", FALSE); | |
| 3858 #endif | |
| 3859 | |
| 3860 if (gtk_socket_id != 0) | |
| 1884 | 3861 /* make sure keyboard input can go to the drawarea */ |
| 7 | 3862 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS(gui.drawarea, GTK_CAN_FOCUS); |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 /* | |
| 3865 * Set clipboard specific atoms | |
| 3866 */ | |
| 3867 vim_atom = gdk_atom_intern(VIM_ATOM_NAME, FALSE); | |
| 3868 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3869 vimenc_atom = gdk_atom_intern(VIMENC_ATOM_NAME, FALSE); | |
| 3870 #endif | |
| 3871 clip_star.gtk_sel_atom = GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY; | |
| 3872 clip_plus.gtk_sel_atom = gdk_atom_intern("CLIPBOARD", FALSE); | |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 /* | |
| 3875 * Start out by adding the configured border width into the border offset. | |
| 3876 */ | |
| 3877 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width; | |
| 3878 | |
| 3879 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "visibility_notify_event", | |
| 3880 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(visibility_event), NULL); | |
| 3881 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "expose_event", | |
| 3882 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(expose_event), NULL); | |
| 3883 | |
| 3884 /* | |
| 3885 * Only install these enter/leave callbacks when 'p' in 'guioptions'. | |
| 3886 * Only needed for some window managers. | |
| 3887 */ | |
| 3888 if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_POINTER) != NULL) | |
| 3889 { | |
| 3890 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "leave_notify_event", | |
| 3891 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(leave_notify_event), NULL); | |
| 3892 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "enter_notify_event", | |
| 3893 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(enter_notify_event), NULL); | |
| 3894 } | |
| 3895 | |
| 791 | 3896 /* Real windows can get focus ... GtkPlug, being a mere container can't, |
| 3897 * only its widgets. Arguably, this could be common code and we not use | |
| 3898 * the window focus at all, but let's be safe. | |
| 3899 */ | |
| 3900 if (gtk_socket_id == 0) | |
| 3901 { | |
| 856 | 3902 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "focus_out_event", |
| 3903 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(focus_out_event), NULL); | |
| 3904 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "focus_in_event", | |
| 3905 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(focus_in_event), NULL); | |
| 791 | 3906 } |
| 3907 else | |
| 3908 { | |
| 856 | 3909 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "focus_out_event", |
| 3910 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(focus_out_event), NULL); | |
| 3911 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "focus_in_event", | |
| 3912 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(focus_in_event), NULL); | |
| 791 | 3913 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 856 | 3914 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.tabline), "focus_out_event", |
| 3915 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(focus_out_event), NULL); | |
| 3916 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.tabline), "focus_in_event", | |
| 3917 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(focus_in_event), NULL); | |
| 791 | 3918 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_TABLINE */ |
| 3919 } | |
| 7 | 3920 |
| 3921 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "motion_notify_event", | |
| 3922 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(motion_notify_event), NULL); | |
| 3923 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "button_press_event", | |
| 3924 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(button_press_event), NULL); | |
| 3925 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "button_release_event", | |
| 3926 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(button_release_event), NULL); | |
| 3927 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 3928 g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "scroll_event", | |
| 3929 G_CALLBACK(&scroll_event), NULL); | |
| 3930 #endif | |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 /* | |
| 3933 * Add selection handler functions. | |
| 3934 */ | |
| 3935 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "selection_clear_event", | |
| 3936 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(selection_clear_event), NULL); | |
| 3937 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "selection_received", | |
| 3938 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(selection_received_cb), NULL); | |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 /* | |
| 3941 * Add selection targets for PRIMARY and CLIPBOARD selections. | |
| 3942 */ | |
| 3943 gtk_selection_add_targets(gui.drawarea, | |
| 3944 (GdkAtom)GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, | |
| 3945 selection_targets, N_SELECTION_TARGETS); | |
| 3946 gtk_selection_add_targets(gui.drawarea, | |
| 3947 (GdkAtom)clip_plus.gtk_sel_atom, | |
| 3948 selection_targets, N_SELECTION_TARGETS); | |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "selection_get", | |
| 3951 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(selection_get_cb), NULL); | |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 /* Pretend we don't have input focus, we will get an event if we do. */ | |
| 3954 gui.in_focus = FALSE; | |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 return OK; | |
| 3957 } | |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 #if (defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(FEAT_SESSION)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3960 /* | |
| 3961 * This is called from gui_start() after a fork() has been done. | |
| 3962 * We have to tell the session manager our new PID. | |
| 3963 */ | |
| 3964 void | |
| 3965 gui_mch_forked(void) | |
| 3966 { | |
| 3967 if (using_gnome) | |
| 3968 { | |
| 3969 GnomeClient *client; | |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 client = gnome_master_client(); | |
| 3972 | |
| 3973 if (client != NULL) | |
| 3974 gnome_client_set_process_id(client, getpid()); | |
| 3975 } | |
| 3976 } | |
| 3977 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_GNOME && FEAT_SESSION */ | |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 /* | |
| 3980 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed. | |
| 3981 * This used to change the graphics contexts directly but we are | |
| 3982 * currently manipulating them where desired. | |
| 3983 */ | |
| 3984 void | |
| 3985 gui_mch_new_colors(void) | |
| 3986 { | |
| 3987 if (gui.drawarea != NULL && gui.drawarea->window != NULL) | |
| 3988 { | |
| 3989 GdkColor color = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; | |
| 3990 | |
| 3991 color.pixel = gui.back_pixel; | |
| 3992 gdk_window_set_background(gui.drawarea->window, &color); | |
| 3993 } | |
| 3994 } | |
| 3995 | |
| 3996 /* | |
| 3997 * This signal informs us about the need to rearrange our sub-widgets. | |
| 3998 */ | |
| 3999 static gint | |
| 1884 | 4000 form_configure_event(GtkWidget *widget UNUSED, |
| 4001 GdkEventConfigure *event, | |
| 4002 gpointer data UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 4003 { |
| 791 | 4004 int usable_height = event->height; |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 /* When in a GtkPlug, we can't guarantee valid heights (as a round | |
| 4007 * no. of char-heights), so we have to manually sanitise them. | |
| 4008 * Widths seem to sort themselves out, don't ask me why. | |
| 4009 */ | |
| 4010 if (gtk_socket_id != 0) | |
| 856 | 4011 usable_height -= (gui.char_height - (gui.char_height/2)); /* sic. */ |
| 791 | 4012 |
| 7 | 4013 gtk_form_freeze(GTK_FORM(gui.formwin)); |
| 791 | 4014 gui_resize_shell(event->width, usable_height); |
| 7 | 4015 gtk_form_thaw(GTK_FORM(gui.formwin)); |
| 4016 | |
| 4017 return TRUE; | |
| 4018 } | |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 /* | |
| 4021 * Function called when window already closed. | |
| 4022 * We can't do much more here than to trying to preserve what had been done, | |
| 4023 * since the window is already inevitably going away. | |
| 4024 */ | |
| 4025 static void | |
| 1884 | 4026 mainwin_destroy_cb(GtkObject *object UNUSED, gpointer data UNUSED) |
| 7 | 4027 { |
| 4028 /* Don't write messages to the GUI anymore */ | |
| 4029 full_screen = FALSE; | |
| 4030 | |
| 4031 gui.mainwin = NULL; | |
| 4032 gui.drawarea = NULL; | |
| 4033 | |
| 4034 if (!exiting) /* only do anything if the destroy was unexpected */ | |
| 4035 { | |
| 419 | 4036 vim_strncpy(IObuff, |
| 4037 (char_u *)_("Vim: Main window unexpectedly destroyed\n"), | |
| 4038 IOSIZE - 1); | |
| 7 | 4039 preserve_exit(); |
| 4040 } | |
| 4041 } | |
| 4042 | |
| 791 | 4043 |
| 4044 /* | |
| 4045 * Bit of a hack to ensure we start GtkPlug windows with the correct window | |
| 4046 * hints (and thus the required size from -geom), but that after that we | |
| 4047 * put the hints back to normal (the actual minimum size) so we may | |
| 4048 * subsequently be resized smaller. GtkSocket (the parent end) uses the | |
| 1226 | 4049 * plug's window 'min hints to set *it's* minimum size, but that's also the |
| 791 | 4050 * only way we have of making ourselves bigger (by set lines/columns). |
| 4051 * Thus set hints at start-up to ensure correct init. size, then a | |
| 4052 * second after the final attempt to reset the real minimum hinst (done by | |
| 1226 | 4053 * scrollbar init.), actually do the standard hinst and stop the timer. |
| 791 | 4054 * We'll not let the default hints be set while this timer's active. |
| 4055 */ | |
| 4056 static gboolean | |
| 1884 | 4057 check_startup_plug_hints(gpointer data UNUSED) |
| 791 | 4058 { |
| 4059 if (init_window_hints_state == 1) | |
| 4060 { | |
| 856 | 4061 /* Safe to use normal hints now */ |
| 4062 init_window_hints_state = 0; | |
| 4063 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0); | |
| 4064 return FALSE; /* stop timer */ | |
| 791 | 4065 } |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 /* Keep on trying */ | |
| 4068 init_window_hints_state = 1; | |
| 4069 return TRUE; | |
| 4070 } | |
| 4071 | |
| 4072 | |
| 7 | 4073 /* |
| 4074 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init(). | |
| 4075 */ | |
| 4076 int | |
| 4077 gui_mch_open(void) | |
| 4078 { | |
| 4079 guicolor_T fg_pixel = INVALCOLOR; | |
| 4080 guicolor_T bg_pixel = INVALCOLOR; | |
| 1966 | 4081 guint pixel_width; |
| 4082 guint pixel_height; | |
| 7 | 4083 |
| 4084 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4085 /* | |
| 4086 * Allow setting a window role on the command line, or invent one | |
| 4087 * if none was specified. This is mainly useful for GNOME session | |
| 4088 * support; allowing the WM to restore window placement. | |
| 4089 */ | |
| 4090 if (role_argument != NULL) | |
| 4091 { | |
| 4092 gtk_window_set_role(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), role_argument); | |
| 4093 } | |
| 4094 else | |
| 4095 { | |
| 4096 char *role; | |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 /* Invent a unique-enough ID string for the role */ | |
| 4099 role = g_strdup_printf("vim-%u-%u-%u", | |
| 4100 (unsigned)mch_get_pid(), | |
| 4101 (unsigned)g_random_int(), | |
| 4102 (unsigned)time(NULL)); | |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 gtk_window_set_role(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), role); | |
| 4105 g_free(role); | |
| 4106 } | |
| 4107 #endif | |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1) | |
| 4110 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4111 gtk_window_move(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), gui_win_x, gui_win_y); | |
| 4112 #else | |
| 4113 gtk_widget_set_uposition(gui.mainwin, gui_win_x, gui_win_y); | |
| 4114 #endif | |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 /* Determine user specified geometry, if present. */ | |
| 4117 if (gui.geom != NULL) | |
| 4118 { | |
| 4119 int mask; | |
| 4120 unsigned int w, h; | |
| 4121 int x = 0; | |
| 4122 int y = 0; | |
| 4123 | |
| 4124 mask = XParseGeometry((char *)gui.geom, &x, &y, &w, &h); | |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 if (mask & WidthValue) | |
| 4127 Columns = w; | |
| 4128 if (mask & HeightValue) | |
| 857 | 4129 { |
| 1884 | 4130 if (p_window > (long)h - 1 || !option_was_set((char_u *)"window")) |
| 857 | 4131 p_window = h - 1; |
| 7 | 4132 Rows = h; |
| 857 | 4133 } |
| 1426 | 4134 |
| 4135 pixel_width = (guint)(gui_get_base_width() + Columns * gui.char_width); | |
| 4136 pixel_height = (guint)(gui_get_base_height() + Rows * gui.char_height); | |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4139 pixel_width += get_menu_tool_width(); | |
| 4140 pixel_height += get_menu_tool_height(); | |
| 4141 #endif | |
| 4142 | |
| 7 | 4143 if (mask & (XValue | YValue)) |
| 1426 | 4144 { |
| 1757 | 4145 int ww, hh; |
| 4146 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(&ww, &hh); | |
| 4147 hh += p_ghr + get_menu_tool_height(); | |
| 4148 ww += get_menu_tool_width(); | |
| 1426 | 4149 if (mask & XNegative) |
| 1757 | 4150 x += ww - pixel_width; |
| 1426 | 4151 if (mask & YNegative) |
| 1757 | 4152 y += hh - pixel_height; |
| 7 | 4153 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 |
| 4154 gtk_window_move(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), x, y); | |
| 4155 #else | |
| 4156 gtk_widget_set_uposition(gui.mainwin, x, y); | |
| 4157 #endif | |
| 1426 | 4158 } |
| 7 | 4159 vim_free(gui.geom); |
| 4160 gui.geom = NULL; | |
| 791 | 4161 |
| 856 | 4162 /* From now until everyone's stopped trying to set the window hints |
| 4163 * to their correct minimum values, stop them being set as we need | |
| 4164 * them to remain at our required size for the parent GtkSocket to | |
| 4165 * give us the right initial size. | |
| 4166 */ | |
| 791 | 4167 if (gtk_socket_id != 0 && (mask & WidthValue || mask & HeightValue)) |
| 856 | 4168 { |
| 4169 update_window_manager_hints(pixel_width, pixel_height); | |
| 4170 init_window_hints_state = 1; | |
| 4171 g_timeout_add(1000, check_startup_plug_hints, NULL); | |
| 4172 } | |
| 7 | 4173 } |
| 4174 | |
| 1966 | 4175 pixel_width = (guint)(gui_get_base_width() + Columns * gui.char_width); |
| 4176 pixel_height = (guint)(gui_get_base_height() + Rows * gui.char_height); | |
| 4177 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4178 /* For GTK2 changing the size of the form widget doesn't cause window | |
| 4179 * resizing. */ | |
| 4180 if (gtk_socket_id == 0) | |
| 4181 gtk_window_resize(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), pixel_width, pixel_height); | |
| 4182 #else | |
| 4183 gtk_form_set_size(GTK_FORM(gui.formwin), pixel_width, pixel_height); | |
| 4184 #endif | |
| 791 | 4185 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0); |
| 7 | 4186 |
| 4187 if (foreground_argument != NULL) | |
| 4188 fg_pixel = gui_get_color((char_u *)foreground_argument); | |
| 4189 if (fg_pixel == INVALCOLOR) | |
| 4190 fg_pixel = gui_get_color((char_u *)"Black"); | |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 if (background_argument != NULL) | |
| 4193 bg_pixel = gui_get_color((char_u *)background_argument); | |
| 4194 if (bg_pixel == INVALCOLOR) | |
| 4195 bg_pixel = gui_get_color((char_u *)"White"); | |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 if (found_reverse_arg) | |
| 4198 { | |
| 4199 gui.def_norm_pixel = bg_pixel; | |
| 4200 gui.def_back_pixel = fg_pixel; | |
| 4201 } | |
| 4202 else | |
| 4203 { | |
| 4204 gui.def_norm_pixel = fg_pixel; | |
| 4205 gui.def_back_pixel = bg_pixel; | |
| 4206 } | |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group (set in syntax.c or | |
| 4209 * in a vimrc file) */ | |
| 4210 set_normal_colors(); | |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 /* Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color */ | |
| 4213 gui_check_colors(); | |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have | |
| 4216 * changed them). */ | |
| 4217 highlight_gui_started(); /* re-init colors and fonts */ | |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.mainwin), "destroy", | |
| 4220 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(mainwin_destroy_cb), NULL); | |
| 4221 | |
| 4222 #ifdef FEAT_HANGULIN | |
| 4223 hangul_keyboard_set(); | |
| 4224 #endif | |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 /* | |
| 4227 * Notify the fixed area about the need to resize the contents of the | |
| 4228 * gui.formwin, which we use for random positioning of the included | |
| 4229 * components. | |
| 4230 * | |
| 4231 * We connect this signal deferred finally after anything is in place, | |
| 4232 * since this is intended to handle resizements coming from the window | |
| 4233 * manager upon us and should not interfere with what VIM is requesting | |
| 4234 * upon startup. | |
| 4235 */ | |
| 4236 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.formwin), "configure_event", | |
| 4237 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(form_configure_event), NULL); | |
| 4238 | |
| 4239 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 4240 /* | |
| 4241 * Set up for receiving DND items. | |
| 4242 */ | |
| 4243 gtk_drag_dest_set(gui.drawarea, | |
| 4244 GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL, | |
| 4245 dnd_targets, N_DND_TARGETS, | |
| 4246 GDK_ACTION_COPY); | |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.drawarea), "drag_data_received", | |
| 4249 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(drag_data_received_cb), NULL); | |
| 4250 #endif | |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4253 /* With GTK+ 2, we need to iconify the window before calling show() | |
| 4254 * to avoid mapping the window for a short time. This is just as one | |
| 4255 * would expect it to work, but it's different in GTK+ 1. The funny | |
| 4256 * thing is that iconifying after show() _does_ work with GTK+ 1. | |
| 4257 * (BTW doing this in the "realize" handler makes no difference.) */ | |
| 4258 if (found_iconic_arg && gtk_socket_id == 0) | |
| 4259 gui_mch_iconify(); | |
| 4260 #endif | |
| 4261 | |
| 4262 { | |
| 4263 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(HAVE_GTK2) && defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 4264 unsigned long menu_handler = 0; | |
| 4265 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR | |
| 4266 unsigned long tool_handler = 0; | |
| 4267 # endif | |
| 4268 /* | |
| 4269 * Urgh hackish :/ For some reason BonoboDockLayout always forces a | |
| 4270 * show when restoring the saved layout configuration. We can't just | |
| 4271 * hide the widgets again after gtk_widget_show(gui.mainwin) since it's | |
| 4272 * a toplevel window and thus will be realized immediately. Instead, | |
| 4273 * connect signal handlers to hide the widgets just after they've been | |
| 4274 * marked visible, but before the main window is realized. | |
| 4275 */ | |
| 4276 if (using_gnome && vim_strchr(p_go, GO_MENUS) == NULL) | |
| 4277 menu_handler = g_signal_connect_after(gui.menubar_h, "show", | |
| 4278 G_CALLBACK(>k_widget_hide), | |
| 4279 NULL); | |
| 4280 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR | |
| 4281 if (using_gnome && vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TOOLBAR) == NULL | |
| 4282 && (toolbar_flags & (TOOLBAR_TEXT | TOOLBAR_ICONS))) | |
| 4283 tool_handler = g_signal_connect_after(gui.toolbar_h, "show", | |
| 4284 G_CALLBACK(>k_widget_hide), | |
| 4285 NULL); | |
| 4286 # endif | |
| 4287 #endif | |
| 4288 gtk_widget_show(gui.mainwin); | |
| 4289 | |
| 4290 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GNOME) && defined(HAVE_GTK2) && defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 4291 if (menu_handler != 0) | |
| 4292 g_signal_handler_disconnect(gui.menubar_h, menu_handler); | |
| 4293 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR | |
| 4294 if (tool_handler != 0) | |
| 4295 g_signal_handler_disconnect(gui.toolbar_h, tool_handler); | |
| 4296 # endif | |
| 4297 #endif | |
| 4298 } | |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4301 /* With GTK+ 1, we need to iconify the window after calling show(). | |
| 4302 * See the comment above for details. */ | |
| 4303 if (found_iconic_arg && gtk_socket_id == 0) | |
| 4304 gui_mch_iconify(); | |
| 4305 #endif | |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 return OK; | |
| 4308 } | |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 void | |
| 1884 | 4312 gui_mch_exit(int rc UNUSED) |
| 7 | 4313 { |
| 4314 if (gui.mainwin != NULL) | |
| 4315 gtk_widget_destroy(gui.mainwin); | |
| 4316 | |
| 4317 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 4318 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 4319 } | |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 /* | |
| 4322 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window. | |
| 4323 */ | |
| 4324 int | |
| 4325 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y) | |
| 4326 { | |
| 4327 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4328 gtk_window_get_position(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), x, y); | |
| 4329 #else | |
| 4330 /* For some people this must be gdk_window_get_origin() for a correct | |
| 4331 * result. Where is the documentation! */ | |
| 4332 gdk_window_get_root_origin(gui.mainwin->window, x, y); | |
| 4333 #endif | |
| 4334 return OK; | |
| 4335 } | |
| 4336 | |
| 4337 /* | |
| 4338 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given | |
| 4339 * coordinates. | |
| 4340 */ | |
| 4341 void | |
| 4342 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y) | |
| 4343 { | |
| 4344 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4345 gtk_window_move(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), x, y); | |
| 4346 #else | |
| 4347 gdk_window_move(gui.mainwin->window, x, y); | |
| 4348 #endif | |
| 4349 } | |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4352 #if 0 | |
| 4353 static int resize_idle_installed = FALSE; | |
| 4354 /* | |
| 4355 * Idle handler to force resize. Used by gui_mch_set_shellsize() to ensure | |
| 4356 * the shell size doesn't exceed the window size, i.e. if the window manager | |
| 4357 * ignored our size request. Usually this happens if the window is maximized. | |
| 4358 * | |
| 4359 * FIXME: It'd be nice if we could find a little more orthodox solution. | |
| 4360 * See also the remark below in gui_mch_set_shellsize(). | |
| 4361 * | |
| 4362 * DISABLED: When doing ":set lines+=1" this function would first invoke | |
| 4363 * gui_resize_shell() with the old size, then the normal callback would | |
| 4364 * report the new size through form_configure_event(). That caused the window | |
| 4365 * layout to be messed up. | |
| 4366 */ | |
| 4367 static gboolean | |
| 4368 force_shell_resize_idle(gpointer data) | |
| 4369 { | |
| 4370 if (gui.mainwin != NULL | |
| 4371 && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(gui.mainwin) | |
| 4372 && GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE(gui.mainwin)) | |
| 4373 { | |
| 4374 int width; | |
| 4375 int height; | |
| 4376 | |
| 4377 gtk_window_get_size(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), &width, &height); | |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 width -= get_menu_tool_width(); | |
| 4380 height -= get_menu_tool_height(); | |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 gui_resize_shell(width, height); | |
| 4383 } | |
| 4384 | |
| 4385 resize_idle_installed = FALSE; | |
| 4386 return FALSE; /* don't call me again */ | |
| 4387 } | |
| 4388 #endif | |
| 4389 #endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 4390 | |
| 1967 | 4391 #if defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(PROTO) |
| 4392 /* | |
| 4393 * Return TRUE if the main window is maximized. | |
| 4394 */ | |
| 4395 int | |
| 4396 gui_mch_maximized() | |
| 4397 { | |
| 4398 return (gui.mainwin != NULL && gui.mainwin->window != NULL | |
| 4399 && (gdk_window_get_state(gui.mainwin->window) | |
| 4400 & GDK_WINDOW_STATE_MAXIMIZED)); | |
| 4401 } | |
| 4402 | |
| 4403 /* | |
| 4404 * Unmaximize the main window | |
| 4405 */ | |
| 4406 void | |
| 4407 gui_mch_unmaximize() | |
| 4408 { | |
| 4409 if (gui.mainwin != NULL) | |
| 4410 gtk_window_unmaximize(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin)); | |
| 4411 } | |
| 4412 #endif | |
| 4413 | |
| 7 | 4414 /* |
| 4415 * Set the windows size. | |
| 4416 */ | |
| 4417 void | |
| 4418 gui_mch_set_shellsize(int width, int height, | |
| 1884 | 4419 int min_width UNUSED, int min_height UNUSED, |
| 4420 int base_width UNUSED, int base_height UNUSED, | |
| 4421 int direction UNUSED) | |
| 7 | 4422 { |
| 4423 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4424 /* Hack: When the form already is at the desired size, the window might | |
| 4425 * have been resized with the mouse. Force a resize by setting a | |
| 4426 * different size first. */ | |
| 4427 if (GTK_FORM(gui.formwin)->width == width | |
| 4428 && GTK_FORM(gui.formwin)->height == height) | |
| 4429 { | |
| 4430 gtk_form_set_size(GTK_FORM(gui.formwin), width + 1, height + 1); | |
| 4431 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 4432 } | |
| 4433 gtk_form_set_size(GTK_FORM(gui.formwin), width, height); | |
| 4434 #endif | |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 /* give GTK+ a chance to put all widget's into place */ | |
| 4437 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 4438 | |
| 791 | 4439 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 |
| 7 | 4440 /* this will cause the proper resizement to happen too */ |
| 791 | 4441 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0); |
| 4442 | |
|
2154
7c8c7c95a865
First step in the Vim 7.3 branch. Changed version numbers.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2074
diff
changeset
|
4443 #else |
| 791 | 4444 /* this will cause the proper resizement to happen too */ |
| 4445 if (gtk_socket_id == 0) | |
| 856 | 4446 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0); |
| 791 | 4447 |
| 7 | 4448 /* With GTK+ 2, changing the size of the form widget doesn't resize |
| 791 | 4449 * the window. So let's do it the other way around and resize the |
| 7 | 4450 * main window instead. */ |
| 4451 width += get_menu_tool_width(); | |
| 4452 height += get_menu_tool_height(); | |
| 4453 | |
| 791 | 4454 if (gtk_socket_id == 0) |
| 856 | 4455 gtk_window_resize(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), width, height); |
| 791 | 4456 else |
| 856 | 4457 update_window_manager_hints(width, height); |
| 7 | 4458 |
|
2154
7c8c7c95a865
First step in the Vim 7.3 branch. Changed version numbers.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2074
diff
changeset
|
4459 # if 0 |
| 7 | 4460 if (!resize_idle_installed) |
| 4461 { | |
| 4462 g_idle_add_full(GDK_PRIORITY_EVENTS + 10, | |
| 4463 &force_shell_resize_idle, NULL, NULL); | |
| 4464 resize_idle_installed = TRUE; | |
| 4465 } | |
|
2154
7c8c7c95a865
First step in the Vim 7.3 branch. Changed version numbers.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2074
diff
changeset
|
4466 # endif |
| 7 | 4467 /* |
| 4468 * Wait until all events are processed to prevent a crash because the | |
| 4469 * real size of the drawing area doesn't reflect Vim's internal ideas. | |
| 4470 * | |
| 4471 * This is a bit of a hack, since Vim is a terminal application with a GUI | |
| 4472 * on top, while the GUI expects to be the boss. | |
| 4473 */ | |
| 4474 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 4475 #endif | |
| 4476 } | |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 /* | |
| 4480 * The screen size is used to make sure the initial window doesn't get bigger | |
| 4481 * than the screen. This subtracts some room for menubar, toolbar and window | |
| 4482 * decorations. | |
| 4483 */ | |
| 4484 void | |
| 4485 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h) | |
| 4486 { | |
| 4487 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD | |
| 4488 GdkScreen* screen; | |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 if (gui.mainwin != NULL && gtk_widget_has_screen(gui.mainwin)) | |
| 4491 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen(gui.mainwin); | |
| 4492 else | |
| 4493 screen = gdk_screen_get_default(); | |
| 4494 | |
| 4495 *screen_w = gdk_screen_get_width(screen); | |
| 4496 *screen_h = gdk_screen_get_height(screen) - p_ghr; | |
| 4497 #else | |
| 4498 *screen_w = gdk_screen_width(); | |
| 4499 /* Subtract 'guiheadroom' from the height to allow some room for the | |
| 4500 * window manager (task list and window title bar). */ | |
| 4501 *screen_h = gdk_screen_height() - p_ghr; | |
| 4502 #endif | |
| 4503 | |
| 4504 /* | |
| 4505 * FIXME: dirty trick: Because the gui_get_base_height() doesn't include | |
| 4506 * the toolbar and menubar for GTK, we subtract them from the screen | |
| 4507 * hight, so that the window size can be made to fit on the screen. | |
| 4508 * This should be completely changed later. | |
| 4509 */ | |
| 4510 *screen_w -= get_menu_tool_width(); | |
| 4511 *screen_h -= get_menu_tool_height(); | |
| 4512 } | |
| 4513 | |
| 4514 #if defined(FEAT_TITLE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4515 void | |
| 1884 | 4516 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon UNUSED) |
| 7 | 4517 { |
| 4518 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4519 if (title != NULL && output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 4520 title = string_convert(&output_conv, title, NULL); | |
| 4521 # endif | |
| 4522 | |
| 4523 gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), (const char *)title); | |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4526 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 4527 vim_free(title); | |
| 4528 # endif | |
| 4529 } | |
| 4530 #endif /* FEAT_TITLE */ | |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4533 void | |
| 4534 gui_mch_enable_menu(int showit) | |
| 4535 { | |
| 4536 GtkWidget *widget; | |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME | |
| 4539 if (using_gnome) | |
| 4540 widget = gui.menubar_h; | |
| 4541 else | |
| 4542 # endif | |
| 4543 widget = gui.menubar; | |
| 4544 | |
| 827 | 4545 /* Do not disable the menu while starting up, otherwise F10 doesn't work. */ |
| 4546 if (!showit != !GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE(widget) && !gui.starting) | |
| 7 | 4547 { |
| 4548 if (showit) | |
| 4549 gtk_widget_show(widget); | |
| 4550 else | |
| 4551 gtk_widget_hide(widget); | |
| 4552 | |
| 791 | 4553 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0); |
| 7 | 4554 } |
| 4555 } | |
| 4556 #endif /* FEAT_MENU */ | |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 #if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4559 void | |
| 4560 gui_mch_show_toolbar(int showit) | |
| 4561 { | |
| 4562 GtkWidget *widget; | |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 if (gui.toolbar == NULL) | |
| 4565 return; | |
| 4566 | |
| 4567 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GNOME | |
| 4568 if (using_gnome) | |
| 4569 widget = gui.toolbar_h; | |
| 4570 else | |
| 4571 # endif | |
| 4572 widget = gui.toolbar; | |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 if (showit) | |
| 4575 set_toolbar_style(GTK_TOOLBAR(gui.toolbar)); | |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 if (!showit != !GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE(widget)) | |
| 4578 { | |
| 4579 if (showit) | |
| 4580 gtk_widget_show(widget); | |
| 4581 else | |
| 4582 gtk_widget_hide(widget); | |
| 4583 | |
| 791 | 4584 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0); |
| 7 | 4585 } |
| 4586 } | |
| 4587 #endif /* FEAT_TOOLBAR */ | |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4590 /* | |
| 4591 * Get a font structure for highlighting. | |
| 4592 * "cbdata" is a pointer to the global gui structure. | |
| 4593 */ | |
| 4594 static void | |
| 4595 font_sel_ok(GtkWidget *wgt, gpointer cbdata) | |
| 4596 { | |
| 4597 gui_T *vw = (gui_T *)cbdata; | |
| 4598 GtkFontSelectionDialog *fs = (GtkFontSelectionDialog *)vw->fontdlg; | |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 if (vw->fontname) | |
| 4601 g_free(vw->fontname); | |
| 4602 | |
| 4603 vw->fontname = (char_u *)gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_name(fs); | |
| 4604 gtk_widget_hide(vw->fontdlg); | |
| 4605 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 4606 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 4607 } | |
| 4608 | |
| 4609 static void | |
| 4610 font_sel_cancel(GtkWidget *wgt, gpointer cbdata) | |
| 4611 { | |
| 4612 gui_T *vw = (gui_T *)cbdata; | |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 gtk_widget_hide(vw->fontdlg); | |
| 4615 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 4616 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 4617 } | |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 static void | |
| 4620 font_sel_destroy(GtkWidget *wgt, gpointer cbdata) | |
| 4621 { | |
| 4622 gui_T *vw = (gui_T *)cbdata; | |
| 4623 | |
| 4624 vw->fontdlg = NULL; | |
| 4625 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 4626 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 4627 } | |
| 4628 #endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4631 /* | |
| 4632 * Check if a given font is a CJK font. This is done in a very crude manner. It | |
| 4633 * just see if U+04E00 for zh and ja and U+AC00 for ko are covered in a given | |
| 4634 * font. Consequently, this function cannot be used as a general purpose check | |
| 4635 * for CJK-ness for which fontconfig APIs should be used. This is only used by | |
| 4636 * gui_mch_init_font() to deal with 'CJK fixed width fonts'. | |
| 4637 */ | |
| 4638 static int | |
| 4639 is_cjk_font(PangoFontDescription *font_desc) | |
| 4640 { | |
| 4641 static const char * const cjk_langs[] = | |
| 4642 {"zh_CN", "zh_TW", "zh_HK", "ja", "ko"}; | |
| 4643 | |
| 4644 PangoFont *font; | |
| 4645 unsigned i; | |
| 4646 int is_cjk = FALSE; | |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 font = pango_context_load_font(gui.text_context, font_desc); | |
| 4649 | |
| 4650 if (font == NULL) | |
| 4651 return FALSE; | |
| 4652 | |
| 4653 for (i = 0; !is_cjk && i < G_N_ELEMENTS(cjk_langs); ++i) | |
| 4654 { | |
| 4655 PangoCoverage *coverage; | |
| 4656 gunichar uc; | |
| 4657 | |
| 4658 coverage = pango_font_get_coverage( | |
| 4659 font, pango_language_from_string(cjk_langs[i])); | |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 if (coverage != NULL) | |
| 4662 { | |
| 4663 uc = (cjk_langs[i][0] == 'k') ? 0xAC00 : 0x4E00; | |
| 4664 is_cjk = (pango_coverage_get(coverage, uc) == PANGO_COVERAGE_EXACT); | |
| 4665 pango_coverage_unref(coverage); | |
| 4666 } | |
| 4667 } | |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 g_object_unref(font); | |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 return is_cjk; | |
| 4672 } | |
| 4673 #endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 4674 | |
| 445 | 4675 /* |
| 4676 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed). | |
| 4677 */ | |
| 7 | 4678 int |
| 445 | 4679 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void) |
| 7 | 4680 { |
| 4681 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4682 PangoFontMetrics *metrics; | |
| 4683 int ascent; | |
| 4684 int descent; | |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 metrics = pango_context_get_metrics(gui.text_context, gui.norm_font, | |
| 4687 pango_context_get_language(gui.text_context)); | |
| 4688 ascent = pango_font_metrics_get_ascent(metrics); | |
| 4689 descent = pango_font_metrics_get_descent(metrics); | |
| 4690 | |
| 4691 pango_font_metrics_unref(metrics); | |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 gui.char_height = (ascent + descent + PANGO_SCALE - 1) / PANGO_SCALE | |
| 445 | 4694 + p_linespace; |
| 136 | 4695 /* LINTED: avoid warning: bitwise operation on signed value */ |
| 7 | 4696 gui.char_ascent = PANGO_PIXELS(ascent + p_linespace * PANGO_SCALE / 2); |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 #else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 4699 | |
| 4700 gui.char_height = gui.current_font->ascent + gui.current_font->descent | |
| 445 | 4701 + p_linespace; |
| 7 | 4702 gui.char_ascent = gui.current_font->ascent + p_linespace / 2; |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 #endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 4705 | |
| 4706 /* A not-positive value of char_height may crash Vim. Only happens | |
| 4707 * if 'linespace' is negative (which does make sense sometimes). */ | |
| 4708 gui.char_ascent = MAX(gui.char_ascent, 0); | |
| 4709 gui.char_height = MAX(gui.char_height, gui.char_ascent + 1); | |
| 4710 | |
| 4711 return OK; | |
| 4712 } | |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 #if defined(FEAT_XFONTSET) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4715 /* | |
| 4716 * Try to load the requested fontset. | |
| 4717 */ | |
| 4718 GuiFontset | |
| 4719 gui_mch_get_fontset(char_u *name, int report_error, int fixed_width) | |
| 4720 { | |
| 4721 GdkFont *font; | |
| 4722 | |
| 4723 if (!gui.in_use || name == NULL) | |
| 4724 return NOFONT; | |
| 4725 | |
| 4726 font = gdk_fontset_load((gchar *)name); | |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 if (font == NULL) | |
| 4729 { | |
| 4730 if (report_error) | |
| 4731 EMSG2(_(e_fontset), name); | |
| 4732 return NOFONT; | |
| 4733 } | |
| 4734 /* TODO: check if the font is fixed width. */ | |
| 4735 | |
| 4736 /* reference this font as being in use */ | |
| 4737 gdk_font_ref(font); | |
| 4738 | |
| 4739 return (GuiFontset)font; | |
| 4740 } | |
| 4741 #endif /* FEAT_XFONTSET */ | |
| 4742 | |
| 4743 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4744 /* | |
| 4745 * Put up a font dialog and return the selected font name in allocated memory. | |
| 4746 * "oldval" is the previous value. | |
| 4747 * Return NULL when cancelled. | |
| 4748 */ | |
| 4749 char_u * | |
| 4750 gui_mch_font_dialog(char_u *oldval) | |
| 4751 { | |
| 4752 char_u *fontname = NULL; | |
| 4753 | |
| 4754 if (!gui.fontdlg) | |
| 4755 { | |
| 4756 GtkFontSelectionDialog *fsd = NULL; | |
| 4757 | |
| 4758 gui.fontdlg = gtk_font_selection_dialog_new(_("Font Selection")); | |
| 4759 fsd = GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(gui.fontdlg); | |
| 4760 gtk_window_set_modal(GTK_WINDOW(gui.fontdlg), TRUE); | |
| 4761 gtk_window_set_transient_for(GTK_WINDOW(gui.fontdlg), | |
| 4762 GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin)); | |
| 4763 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gui.fontdlg), "destroy", | |
| 4764 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(font_sel_destroy), &gui); | |
| 4765 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(fsd->ok_button), "clicked", | |
| 4766 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(font_sel_ok), &gui); | |
| 4767 gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(fsd->cancel_button), "clicked", | |
| 4768 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(font_sel_cancel), &gui); | |
| 4769 } | |
| 4770 | |
| 4771 if (oldval != NULL && *oldval != NUL) | |
| 4772 gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name( | |
| 4773 GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(gui.fontdlg), (char *)oldval); | |
| 1959 | 4774 else |
| 4775 gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name( | |
| 4776 GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(gui.fontdlg), DEFAULT_FONT); | |
| 7 | 4777 |
| 4778 if (gui.fontname) | |
| 4779 { | |
| 4780 g_free(gui.fontname); | |
| 4781 gui.fontname = NULL; | |
| 4782 } | |
| 4783 gtk_window_position(GTK_WINDOW(gui.fontdlg), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE); | |
| 4784 gtk_widget_show(gui.fontdlg); | |
| 4785 { | |
| 4786 static gchar *spacings[] = {"c", "m", NULL}; | |
| 4787 | |
| 4788 /* In GTK 1.2.3 this must be after the gtk_widget_show() call, | |
| 4789 * otherwise everything is blocked for ten seconds. */ | |
| 4790 gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_filter( | |
| 4791 GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(gui.fontdlg), | |
| 4792 GTK_FONT_FILTER_BASE, | |
| 4793 GTK_FONT_ALL, NULL, NULL, | |
| 4794 NULL, NULL, spacings, NULL); | |
| 4795 } | |
| 4796 | |
| 4797 /* Wait for the font dialog to be closed. */ | |
| 4798 while (gui.fontdlg && GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE(gui.fontdlg)) | |
| 4799 gtk_main_iteration_do(TRUE); | |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 if (gui.fontname != NULL) | |
| 4802 { | |
| 714 | 4803 /* Apparently some font names include a comma, need to escape that, |
| 4804 * because in 'guifont' it separates names. */ | |
| 4805 fontname = vim_strsave_escaped(gui.fontname, (char_u *)","); | |
| 7 | 4806 g_free(gui.fontname); |
| 4807 gui.fontname = NULL; | |
| 4808 } | |
| 4809 return fontname; | |
| 4810 } | |
| 4811 #endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 4812 | |
| 4813 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 4814 /* | |
| 4815 * Put up a font dialog and return the selected font name in allocated memory. | |
| 4816 * "oldval" is the previous value. Return NULL when cancelled. | |
| 4817 * This should probably go into gui_gtk.c. Hmm. | |
| 4818 * FIXME: | |
| 4819 * The GTK2 font selection dialog has no filtering API. So we could either | |
| 4820 * a) implement our own (possibly copying the code from somewhere else) or | |
| 4821 * b) just live with it. | |
| 4822 */ | |
| 4823 char_u * | |
| 4824 gui_mch_font_dialog(char_u *oldval) | |
| 4825 { | |
| 4826 GtkWidget *dialog; | |
| 4827 int response; | |
| 4828 char_u *fontname = NULL; | |
| 4829 char_u *oldname; | |
| 4830 | |
| 4831 dialog = gtk_font_selection_dialog_new(NULL); | |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 gtk_window_set_transient_for(GTK_WINDOW(dialog), GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin)); | |
| 4834 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent(GTK_WINDOW(dialog), TRUE); | |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 if (oldval != NULL && oldval[0] != NUL) | |
| 4837 { | |
| 4838 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 4839 oldname = string_convert(&output_conv, oldval, NULL); | |
| 4840 else | |
| 4841 oldname = oldval; | |
| 4842 | |
| 4843 /* Annoying bug in GTK (or Pango): if the font name does not include a | |
| 4844 * size, zero is used. Use default point size ten. */ | |
| 4845 if (!vim_isdigit(oldname[STRLEN(oldname) - 1])) | |
| 4846 { | |
| 4847 char_u *p = vim_strnsave(oldname, STRLEN(oldname) + 3); | |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4850 { | |
| 4851 STRCPY(p + STRLEN(p), " 10"); | |
| 4852 if (oldname != oldval) | |
| 4853 vim_free(oldname); | |
| 4854 oldname = p; | |
| 4855 } | |
| 4856 } | |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name( | |
| 4859 GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(dialog), (const char *)oldname); | |
| 4860 | |
| 4861 if (oldname != oldval) | |
| 100 | 4862 vim_free(oldname); |
| 7 | 4863 } |
| 1959 | 4864 else |
| 4865 gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name( | |
| 4866 GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(dialog), DEFAULT_FONT); | |
| 7 | 4867 |
| 4868 response = gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(dialog)); | |
| 4869 | |
| 4870 if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) | |
| 4871 { | |
| 4872 char *name; | |
| 4873 | |
| 4874 name = gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_name( | |
| 4875 GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(dialog)); | |
| 4876 if (name != NULL) | |
| 4877 { | |
| 714 | 4878 char_u *p; |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 /* Apparently some font names include a comma, need to escape | |
| 4881 * that, because in 'guifont' it separates names. */ | |
| 4882 p = vim_strsave_escaped((char_u *)name, (char_u *)","); | |
| 4883 g_free(name); | |
| 840 | 4884 if (p != NULL && input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) |
| 714 | 4885 { |
| 4886 fontname = string_convert(&input_conv, p, NULL); | |
| 4887 vim_free(p); | |
| 4888 } | |
| 7 | 4889 else |
| 714 | 4890 fontname = p; |
| 7 | 4891 } |
| 4892 } | |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 if (response != GTK_RESPONSE_NONE) | |
| 4895 gtk_widget_destroy(dialog); | |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 return fontname; | |
| 4898 } | |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 /* | |
| 4901 * Some monospace fonts don't support a bold weight, and fall back | |
| 4902 * silently to the regular weight. But this is no good since our text | |
| 4903 * drawing function can emulate bold by overstriking. So let's try | |
| 4904 * to detect whether bold weight is actually available and emulate it | |
| 4905 * otherwise. | |
| 4906 * | |
| 4907 * Note that we don't need to check for italic style since Xft can | |
| 4908 * emulate italic on its own, provided you have a proper fontconfig | |
| 4909 * setup. We wouldn't be able to emulate it in Vim anyway. | |
| 4910 */ | |
| 4911 static void | |
| 4912 get_styled_font_variants(void) | |
| 4913 { | |
| 4914 PangoFontDescription *bold_font_desc; | |
| 4915 PangoFont *plain_font; | |
| 4916 PangoFont *bold_font; | |
| 4917 | |
| 4918 gui.font_can_bold = FALSE; | |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 plain_font = pango_context_load_font(gui.text_context, gui.norm_font); | |
| 4921 | |
| 4922 if (plain_font == NULL) | |
| 4923 return; | |
| 4924 | |
| 4925 bold_font_desc = pango_font_description_copy_static(gui.norm_font); | |
| 4926 pango_font_description_set_weight(bold_font_desc, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD); | |
| 4927 | |
| 4928 bold_font = pango_context_load_font(gui.text_context, bold_font_desc); | |
| 4929 /* | |
| 4930 * The comparison relies on the unique handle nature of a PangoFont*, | |
| 4931 * i.e. it's assumed that a different PangoFont* won't refer to the | |
| 4932 * same font. Seems to work, and failing here isn't critical anyway. | |
| 4933 */ | |
| 4934 if (bold_font != NULL) | |
| 4935 { | |
| 4936 gui.font_can_bold = (bold_font != plain_font); | |
| 4937 g_object_unref(bold_font); | |
| 4938 } | |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 pango_font_description_free(bold_font_desc); | |
| 4941 g_object_unref(plain_font); | |
| 4942 } | |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 #else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 /* | |
| 4947 * There is only one excuse I can give for the following attempt to manage font | |
| 4948 * styles: | |
| 4949 * | |
| 4950 * I HATE THE BRAIN DEAD WAY X11 IS HANDLING FONTS (--mdcki) | |
| 4951 * (Me too. --danielk) | |
| 4952 */ | |
| 4953 static void | |
| 4954 get_styled_font_variants(char_u * font_name) | |
| 4955 { | |
| 4956 char *chunk[32]; | |
| 4957 char *sdup; | |
| 4958 char *tmp; | |
| 4959 int len, i; | |
| 4960 GuiFont *styled_font[3]; | |
| 4961 | |
| 4962 styled_font[0] = &gui.bold_font; | |
| 4963 styled_font[1] = &gui.ital_font; | |
| 4964 styled_font[2] = &gui.boldital_font; | |
| 4965 | |
| 1884 | 4966 /* First free whatever was previously there. */ |
| 7 | 4967 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i) |
| 4968 if (*styled_font[i]) | |
| 4969 { | |
| 4970 gdk_font_unref(*styled_font[i]); | |
| 4971 *styled_font[i] = NULL; | |
| 4972 } | |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 if ((sdup = g_strdup((const char *)font_name)) == NULL) | |
| 4975 return; | |
| 4976 | |
| 4977 /* split up the whole */ | |
| 4978 i = 0; | |
| 4979 for (tmp = sdup; *tmp != '\0'; ++tmp) | |
| 4980 { | |
| 4981 if (*tmp == '-') | |
| 4982 { | |
| 4983 *tmp = '\0'; | |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 if (i == 32) | |
| 4986 break; | |
| 4987 | |
| 4988 chunk[i] = tmp + 1; | |
| 4989 ++i; | |
| 4990 } | |
| 4991 } | |
| 4992 | |
| 4993 if (i == 14) | |
| 4994 { | |
| 4995 GdkFont *font = NULL; | |
| 4996 const char *bold_chunk[3] = { "bold", NULL, "bold" }; | |
| 4997 const char *italic_chunk[3] = { NULL, "o", "o" }; | |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 /* font name was complete */ | |
| 5000 len = strlen((const char *)font_name) + 32; | |
| 5001 | |
| 5002 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i) | |
| 5003 { | |
| 5004 char *styled_name; | |
| 5005 int j; | |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 styled_name = (char *)alloc(len); | |
| 5008 if (styled_name == NULL) | |
| 5009 { | |
| 5010 g_free(sdup); | |
| 5011 return; | |
| 5012 } | |
| 5013 | |
| 5014 *styled_name = '\0'; | |
| 5015 | |
| 5016 for (j = 0; j < 14; ++j) | |
| 5017 { | |
| 5018 strcat(styled_name, "-"); | |
| 5019 if (j == 2 && bold_chunk[i] != NULL) | |
| 5020 strcat(styled_name, bold_chunk[i]); | |
| 5021 else if (j == 3 && italic_chunk[i] != NULL) | |
| 5022 strcat(styled_name, italic_chunk[i]); | |
| 5023 else | |
| 5024 strcat(styled_name, chunk[j]); | |
| 5025 } | |
| 5026 | |
| 5027 font = gui_mch_get_font((char_u *)styled_name, FALSE); | |
| 5028 if (font != NULL) | |
| 5029 *styled_font[i] = font; | |
| 5030 | |
| 5031 vim_free(styled_name); | |
| 5032 } | |
| 5033 } | |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 g_free(sdup); | |
| 5036 } | |
| 5037 #endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 5040 static PangoEngineShape *default_shape_engine = NULL; | |
| 5041 | |
| 5042 /* | |
| 5043 * Create a map from ASCII characters in the range [32,126] to glyphs | |
| 5044 * of the current font. This is used by gui_gtk2_draw_string() to skip | |
| 5045 * the itemize and shaping process for the most common case. | |
| 5046 */ | |
| 5047 static void | |
| 5048 ascii_glyph_table_init(void) | |
| 5049 { | |
| 5050 char_u ascii_chars[128]; | |
| 5051 PangoAttrList *attr_list; | |
| 5052 GList *item_list; | |
| 5053 int i; | |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 if (gui.ascii_glyphs != NULL) | |
| 5056 pango_glyph_string_free(gui.ascii_glyphs); | |
| 5057 if (gui.ascii_font != NULL) | |
| 5058 g_object_unref(gui.ascii_font); | |
| 5059 | |
| 5060 gui.ascii_glyphs = NULL; | |
| 5061 gui.ascii_font = NULL; | |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 /* For safety, fill in question marks for the control characters. */ | |
| 5064 for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i) | |
| 5065 ascii_chars[i] = '?'; | |
| 5066 for (; i < 127; ++i) | |
| 5067 ascii_chars[i] = i; | |
| 5068 ascii_chars[i] = '?'; | |
| 5069 | |
| 5070 attr_list = pango_attr_list_new(); | |
| 5071 item_list = pango_itemize(gui.text_context, (const char *)ascii_chars, | |
| 5072 0, sizeof(ascii_chars), attr_list, NULL); | |
| 5073 | |
| 5074 if (item_list != NULL && item_list->next == NULL) /* play safe */ | |
| 5075 { | |
| 5076 PangoItem *item; | |
| 5077 int width; | |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 item = (PangoItem *)item_list->data; | |
| 5080 width = gui.char_width * PANGO_SCALE; | |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 /* Remember the shape engine used for ASCII. */ | |
| 5083 default_shape_engine = item->analysis.shape_engine; | |
| 5084 | |
| 5085 gui.ascii_font = item->analysis.font; | |
| 5086 g_object_ref(gui.ascii_font); | |
| 5087 | |
| 5088 gui.ascii_glyphs = pango_glyph_string_new(); | |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 pango_shape((const char *)ascii_chars, sizeof(ascii_chars), | |
| 5091 &item->analysis, gui.ascii_glyphs); | |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 g_return_if_fail(gui.ascii_glyphs->num_glyphs == sizeof(ascii_chars)); | |
| 5094 | |
| 5095 for (i = 0; i < gui.ascii_glyphs->num_glyphs; ++i) | |
| 5096 { | |
| 5097 PangoGlyphGeometry *geom; | |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 geom = &gui.ascii_glyphs->glyphs[i].geometry; | |
| 5100 geom->x_offset += MAX(0, width - geom->width) / 2; | |
| 5101 geom->width = width; | |
| 5102 } | |
| 5103 } | |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 g_list_foreach(item_list, (GFunc)&pango_item_free, NULL); | |
| 5106 g_list_free(item_list); | |
| 5107 pango_attr_list_unref(attr_list); | |
| 5108 } | |
| 5109 #endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 5110 | |
| 5111 /* | |
| 5112 * Initialize Vim to use the font or fontset with the given name. | |
| 5113 * Return FAIL if the font could not be loaded, OK otherwise. | |
| 5114 */ | |
| 5115 int | |
| 1884 | 5116 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset UNUSED) |
| 7 | 5117 { |
| 5118 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 5119 PangoFontDescription *font_desc; | |
| 5120 PangoLayout *layout; | |
| 5121 int width; | |
| 5122 | |
| 5123 /* If font_name is NULL, this means to use the default, which should | |
| 5124 * be present on all proper Pango/fontconfig installations. */ | |
| 5125 if (font_name == NULL) | |
| 5126 font_name = (char_u *)DEFAULT_FONT; | |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 font_desc = gui_mch_get_font(font_name, FALSE); | |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 if (font_desc == NULL) | |
| 5131 return FAIL; | |
| 5132 | |
| 5133 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font); | |
| 5134 gui.norm_font = font_desc; | |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 pango_context_set_font_description(gui.text_context, font_desc); | |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 layout = pango_layout_new(gui.text_context); | |
| 5139 pango_layout_set_text(layout, "MW", 2); | |
| 5140 pango_layout_get_size(layout, &width, NULL); | |
| 5141 /* | |
| 5142 * Set char_width to half the width obtained from pango_layout_get_size() | |
| 5143 * for CJK fixed_width/bi-width fonts. An unpatched version of Xft leads | |
| 5144 * Pango to use the same width for both non-CJK characters (e.g. Latin | |
| 5145 * letters and numbers) and CJK characters. This results in 's p a c e d | |
| 5146 * o u t' rendering when a CJK 'fixed width' font is used. To work around | |
| 5147 * that, divide the width returned by Pango by 2 if cjk_width is equal to | |
| 5148 * width for CJK fonts. | |
| 5149 * | |
| 5150 * For related bugs, see: | |
| 5151 * http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=106618 | |
| 5152 * http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=106624 | |
| 5153 * | |
| 5154 * With this, for all four of the following cases, Vim works fine: | |
| 5155 * guifont=CJK_fixed_width_font | |
| 5156 * guifont=Non_CJK_fixed_font | |
| 5157 * guifont=Non_CJK_fixed_font,CJK_Fixed_font | |
| 5158 * guifont=Non_CJK_fixed_font guifontwide=CJK_fixed_font | |
| 5159 */ | |
| 5160 if (is_cjk_font(gui.norm_font)) | |
| 5161 { | |
| 5162 int cjk_width; | |
| 5163 | |
| 5164 /* Measure the text extent of U+4E00 and U+4E8C */ | |
| 5165 pango_layout_set_text(layout, "\344\270\200\344\272\214", -1); | |
| 5166 pango_layout_get_size(layout, &cjk_width, NULL); | |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 if (width == cjk_width) /* Xft not patched */ | |
| 5169 width /= 2; | |
| 5170 } | |
| 5171 g_object_unref(layout); | |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 gui.char_width = (width / 2 + PANGO_SCALE - 1) / PANGO_SCALE; | |
| 5174 | |
| 5175 /* A zero width may cause a crash. Happens for semi-invalid fontsets. */ | |
| 5176 if (gui.char_width <= 0) | |
| 5177 gui.char_width = 8; | |
| 5178 | |
| 445 | 5179 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(); |
| 7 | 5180 |
| 5181 /* Set the fontname, which will be used for information purposes */ | |
| 5182 hl_set_font_name(font_name); | |
| 5183 | |
| 5184 get_styled_font_variants(); | |
| 5185 ascii_glyph_table_init(); | |
| 5186 | |
| 5187 /* Avoid unnecessary overhead if 'guifontwide' is equal to 'guifont'. */ | |
| 5188 if (gui.wide_font != NULL | |
| 5189 && pango_font_description_equal(gui.norm_font, gui.wide_font)) | |
| 5190 { | |
| 5191 pango_font_description_free(gui.wide_font); | |
| 5192 gui.wide_font = NULL; | |
| 5193 } | |
| 5194 | |
| 5195 #else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 GdkFont *font = NULL; | |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
| 5200 /* Try loading a fontset. If this fails we try loading a normal font. */ | |
| 5201 if (fontset && font_name != NULL) | |
| 5202 font = gui_mch_get_fontset(font_name, TRUE, TRUE); | |
| 5203 | |
| 5204 if (font == NULL) | |
| 5205 # endif | |
| 5206 { | |
| 5207 /* If font_name is NULL, this means to use the default, which should | |
| 5208 * be present on all X11 servers. */ | |
| 5209 if (font_name == NULL) | |
| 5210 font_name = (char_u *)DEFAULT_FONT; | |
| 5211 font = gui_mch_get_font(font_name, FALSE); | |
| 5212 } | |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 if (font == NULL) | |
| 5215 return FAIL; | |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font); | |
| 5218 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
| 5219 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset); | |
| 5220 if (font->type == GDK_FONT_FONTSET) | |
| 5221 { | |
| 5222 gui.norm_font = NOFONT; | |
| 5223 gui.fontset = (GuiFontset)font; | |
| 5224 /* Use two bytes, this works around the problem that the result would | |
| 5225 * be zero if no 8-bit font was found. */ | |
| 5226 gui.char_width = gdk_string_width(font, "xW") / 2; | |
| 5227 } | |
| 5228 else | |
| 5229 # endif | |
| 5230 { | |
| 5231 gui.norm_font = font; | |
| 5232 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
| 5233 gui.fontset = NOFONTSET; | |
| 5234 # endif | |
| 5235 gui.char_width = ((XFontStruct *) | |
| 5236 GDK_FONT_XFONT(font))->max_bounds.width; | |
| 5237 } | |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 /* A zero width may cause a crash. Happens for semi-invalid fontsets. */ | |
| 5240 if (gui.char_width <= 0) | |
| 5241 gui.char_width = 8; | |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 gui.char_height = font->ascent + font->descent + p_linespace; | |
| 5244 gui.char_ascent = font->ascent + p_linespace / 2; | |
| 5245 | |
| 5246 /* A not-positive value of char_height may crash Vim. Only happens | |
| 5247 * if 'linespace' is negative (which does make sense sometimes). */ | |
| 5248 gui.char_ascent = MAX(gui.char_ascent, 0); | |
| 5249 gui.char_height = MAX(gui.char_height, gui.char_ascent + 1); | |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 /* Set the fontname, which will be used for information purposes */ | |
| 5252 hl_set_font_name(font_name); | |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 if (font->type != GDK_FONT_FONTSET) | |
| 5255 get_styled_font_variants(font_name); | |
| 5256 | |
| 5257 /* Synchronize the fonts used in user input dialogs, since otherwise | |
| 5258 * search/replace will be esp. annoying in case of international font | |
| 5259 * usage. | |
| 5260 */ | |
| 5261 gui_gtk_synch_fonts(); | |
| 5262 | |
| 5263 # ifdef FEAT_XIM | |
| 5264 /* Adjust input management behaviour to the capabilities of the new | |
| 5265 * fontset */ | |
| 5266 xim_decide_input_style(); | |
| 5267 if (xim_get_status_area_height()) | |
| 5268 { | |
| 5269 /* Status area is required. Just create the empty container so that | |
| 5270 * mainwin will allocate the extra space for status area. */ | |
| 5271 GtkWidget *alignment = gtk_alignment_new((gfloat)0.5, (gfloat)0.5, | |
| 5272 (gfloat)1.0, (gfloat)1.0); | |
| 5273 | |
| 5274 gtk_widget_set_usize(alignment, 20, gui.char_height + 2); | |
| 5275 gtk_box_pack_end(GTK_BOX(GTK_BIN(gui.mainwin)->child), | |
| 5276 alignment, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
| 5277 gtk_widget_show(alignment); | |
| 5278 } | |
| 5279 # endif | |
| 5280 #endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 5281 | |
| 1986 | 5282 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 |
| 5283 if (gui_mch_maximized()) | |
| 5284 { | |
| 5285 int w, h; | |
| 5286 | |
| 5287 /* Update lines and columns in accordance with the new font, keep the | |
| 5288 * window maximized. */ | |
| 5289 gtk_window_get_size(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin), &w, &h); | |
| 5290 w -= get_menu_tool_width(); | |
| 5291 h -= get_menu_tool_height(); | |
| 5292 gui_resize_shell(w, h); | |
| 5293 } | |
| 5294 else | |
| 5295 #endif | |
| 5296 { | |
| 5297 /* Preserve the logical dimensions of the screen. */ | |
| 5298 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0); | |
| 5299 } | |
| 7 | 5300 |
| 5301 return OK; | |
| 5302 } | |
| 5303 | |
| 5304 /* | |
| 5305 * Get a reference to the font "name". | |
| 5306 * Return zero for failure. | |
| 5307 */ | |
| 5308 GuiFont | |
| 5309 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int report_error) | |
| 5310 { | |
| 5311 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 5312 PangoFontDescription *font; | |
| 5313 #else | |
| 5314 GdkFont *font; | |
| 5315 #endif | |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 /* can't do this when GUI is not running */ | |
| 5318 if (!gui.in_use || name == NULL) | |
| 5319 return NULL; | |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 5322 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 5323 { | |
| 5324 char_u *buf; | |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 buf = string_convert(&output_conv, name, NULL); | |
| 5327 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 5328 { | |
| 5329 font = pango_font_description_from_string((const char *)buf); | |
| 5330 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5331 } | |
| 5332 else | |
| 5333 font = NULL; | |
| 5334 } | |
| 5335 else | |
| 5336 font = pango_font_description_from_string((const char *)name); | |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 if (font != NULL) | |
| 5339 { | |
| 5340 PangoFont *real_font; | |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 /* pango_context_load_font() bails out if no font size is set */ | |
| 5343 if (pango_font_description_get_size(font) <= 0) | |
| 5344 pango_font_description_set_size(font, 10 * PANGO_SCALE); | |
| 5345 | |
| 5346 real_font = pango_context_load_font(gui.text_context, font); | |
| 5347 | |
| 5348 if (real_font == NULL) | |
| 5349 { | |
| 5350 pango_font_description_free(font); | |
| 5351 font = NULL; | |
| 5352 } | |
| 5353 else | |
| 5354 g_object_unref(real_font); | |
| 5355 } | |
| 5356 #else | |
| 5357 font = gdk_font_load((const gchar *)name); | |
| 5358 #endif | |
| 5359 | |
| 5360 if (font == NULL) | |
| 5361 { | |
| 5362 if (report_error) | |
| 1666 | 5363 EMSG2(_((char *)e_font), name); |
| 7 | 5364 return NULL; |
| 5365 } | |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 5368 /* | |
| 5369 * The fixed-width check has been disabled for GTK+ 2. Rationale: | |
| 5370 * | |
| 5371 * - The check tends to report false positives, particularly | |
| 5372 * in non-Latin locales or with old X fonts. | |
| 5373 * - Thanks to our fixed-width hack in gui_gtk2_draw_string(), | |
| 5374 * GTK+ 2 Vim is actually capable of displaying variable width | |
| 5375 * fonts. Those will just be spaced out like in AA xterm. | |
| 5376 * - Failing here for the default font causes GUI startup to fail | |
| 5377 * even with wiped out configuration files. | |
| 5378 * - The font dialog displays all fonts unfiltered, and it's rather | |
| 5379 * annoying if 95% of the listed fonts produce an error message. | |
| 5380 */ | |
| 5381 # if 0 | |
| 5382 { | |
| 5383 /* Check that this is a mono-spaced font. Naturally, this is a bit | |
| 5384 * hackish -- fixed-width isn't really suitable for i18n text :/ */ | |
| 5385 PangoLayout *layout; | |
| 5386 unsigned int i; | |
| 5387 int last_width = -1; | |
| 5388 const char test_chars[] = { 'W', 'i', ',', 'x' }; /* arbitrary */ | |
| 5389 | |
| 5390 layout = pango_layout_new(gui.text_context); | |
| 5391 pango_layout_set_font_description(layout, font); | |
| 5392 | |
| 5393 for (i = 0; i < G_N_ELEMENTS(test_chars); ++i) | |
| 5394 { | |
| 5395 int width; | |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 pango_layout_set_text(layout, &test_chars[i], 1); | |
| 5398 pango_layout_get_size(layout, &width, NULL); | |
| 5399 | |
| 5400 if (last_width >= 0 && width != last_width) | |
| 5401 { | |
| 5402 pango_font_description_free(font); | |
| 5403 font = NULL; | |
| 5404 break; | |
| 5405 } | |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 last_width = width; | |
| 5408 } | |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 g_object_unref(layout); | |
| 5411 } | |
| 5412 # endif | |
| 5413 #else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 5414 { | |
| 5415 XFontStruct *xfont; | |
| 5416 | |
| 5417 /* reference this font as being in use */ | |
| 5418 gdk_font_ref(font); | |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 /* Check that this is a mono-spaced font. | |
| 5421 */ | |
| 5422 xfont = (XFontStruct *) GDK_FONT_XFONT(font); | |
| 5423 | |
| 5424 if (xfont->max_bounds.width != xfont->min_bounds.width) | |
| 5425 { | |
| 5426 gdk_font_unref(font); | |
| 5427 font = NULL; | |
| 5428 } | |
| 5429 } | |
| 5430 #endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 #if !defined(HAVE_GTK2) || 0 /* disabled for GTK+ 2, see above */ | |
| 5433 if (font == NULL && report_error) | |
| 5434 EMSG2(_(e_fontwidth), name); | |
| 5435 #endif | |
| 5436 | |
| 5437 return font; | |
| 5438 } | |
| 5439 | |
| 39 | 5440 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 38 | 5441 /* |
| 5442 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory. | |
| 5443 */ | |
| 5444 char_u * | |
| 1884 | 5445 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name UNUSED) |
| 38 | 5446 { |
| 39 | 5447 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 |
| 38 | 5448 if (font != NOFONT) |
| 5449 { | |
| 944 | 5450 char *pangoname = pango_font_description_to_string(font); |
| 5451 | |
| 5452 if (pangoname != NULL) | |
| 38 | 5453 { |
| 944 | 5454 char_u *s = vim_strsave((char_u *)pangoname); |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 g_free(pangoname); | |
| 38 | 5457 return s; |
| 5458 } | |
| 5459 } | |
| 39 | 5460 # else |
| 38 | 5461 /* Don't know how to get the name, return what we got. */ |
| 5462 if (name != NULL) | |
| 5463 return vim_strsave(name); | |
| 39 | 5464 # endif |
| 38 | 5465 return NULL; |
| 5466 } | |
| 39 | 5467 #endif |
| 38 | 5468 |
| 7 | 5469 #if !defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(PROTO) |
| 5470 /* | |
| 5471 * Set the current text font. | |
| 5472 * Since we create all GC on demand, we use just gui.current_font to | |
| 5473 * indicate the desired current font. | |
| 5474 */ | |
| 5475 void | |
| 5476 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font) | |
| 5477 { | |
| 5478 gui.current_font = font; | |
| 5479 } | |
| 5480 #endif | |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 #if defined(FEAT_XFONTSET) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5483 /* | |
| 5484 * Set the current text fontset. | |
| 5485 */ | |
| 5486 void | |
| 5487 gui_mch_set_fontset(GuiFontset fontset) | |
| 5488 { | |
| 5489 gui.current_font = fontset; | |
| 5490 } | |
| 5491 #endif | |
| 5492 | |
| 5493 /* | |
| 5494 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure. | |
| 5495 */ | |
| 5496 void | |
| 5497 gui_mch_free_font(GuiFont font) | |
| 5498 { | |
| 5499 if (font != NOFONT) | |
| 5500 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 5501 pango_font_description_free(font); | |
| 5502 #else | |
| 5503 gdk_font_unref(font); | |
| 5504 #endif | |
| 5505 } | |
| 5506 | |
| 5507 #if defined(FEAT_XFONTSET) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5508 /* | |
| 5509 * If a fontset is not going to be used, free its structure. | |
| 5510 */ | |
| 5511 void | |
| 5512 gui_mch_free_fontset(GuiFontset fontset) | |
| 5513 { | |
| 5514 if (fontset != NOFONTSET) | |
| 5515 gdk_font_unref(fontset); | |
| 5516 } | |
| 5517 #endif | |
| 5518 | |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 /* | |
| 5521 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was | |
| 5522 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif | |
| 5523 * Programmer's Guide. | |
| 5524 * Return INVALCOLOR for error. | |
| 5525 */ | |
| 5526 guicolor_T | |
| 5527 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name) | |
| 5528 { | |
| 5529 /* A number of colors that some X11 systems don't have */ | |
| 5530 static const char *const vimnames[][2] = | |
| 5531 { | |
| 834 | 5532 {"LightRed", "#FFBBBB"}, |
| 5533 {"LightGreen", "#88FF88"}, | |
| 5534 {"LightMagenta","#FFBBFF"}, | |
| 5535 {"DarkCyan", "#008888"}, | |
| 5536 {"DarkBlue", "#0000BB"}, | |
| 5537 {"DarkRed", "#BB0000"}, | |
| 5538 {"DarkMagenta", "#BB00BB"}, | |
| 5539 {"DarkGrey", "#BBBBBB"}, | |
| 5540 {"DarkYellow", "#BBBB00"}, | |
| 5541 {"Gray10", "#1A1A1A"}, | |
| 5542 {"Grey10", "#1A1A1A"}, | |
| 5543 {"Gray20", "#333333"}, | |
| 5544 {"Grey20", "#333333"}, | |
| 5545 {"Gray30", "#4D4D4D"}, | |
| 5546 {"Grey30", "#4D4D4D"}, | |
| 5547 {"Gray40", "#666666"}, | |
| 5548 {"Grey40", "#666666"}, | |
| 5549 {"Gray50", "#7F7F7F"}, | |
| 5550 {"Grey50", "#7F7F7F"}, | |
| 5551 {"Gray60", "#999999"}, | |
| 5552 {"Grey60", "#999999"}, | |
| 5553 {"Gray70", "#B3B3B3"}, | |
| 5554 {"Grey70", "#B3B3B3"}, | |
| 5555 {"Gray80", "#CCCCCC"}, | |
| 5556 {"Grey80", "#CCCCCC"}, | |
| 5557 {"Gray90", "#E5E5E5"}, | |
| 5558 {"Grey90", "#E5E5E5"}, | |
| 7 | 5559 {NULL, NULL} |
| 5560 }; | |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 if (!gui.in_use) /* can't do this when GUI not running */ | |
| 5563 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 5564 | |
| 5565 while (name != NULL) | |
| 5566 { | |
| 5567 GdkColor color; | |
| 5568 int parsed; | |
| 5569 int i; | |
| 5570 | |
| 5571 parsed = gdk_color_parse((const char *)name, &color); | |
| 5572 | |
| 5573 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 /* ohh, lovely GTK+ 2, eases our pain :) */ | |
| 5574 /* | |
| 5575 * Since we have already called gtk_set_locale here the bugger | |
| 5576 * XParseColor will accept only explicit color names in the language | |
| 1226 | 5577 * of the current locale. However this will interfere with: |
| 7 | 5578 * 1. Vim's global startup files |
| 5579 * 2. Explicit color names in .vimrc | |
| 5580 * | |
| 5581 * Therefore we first try to parse the color in the current locale and | |
| 5582 * if it fails, we fall back to the portable "C" one. | |
| 5583 */ | |
| 5584 if (!parsed) | |
| 5585 { | |
| 5586 char *current; | |
| 5587 | |
| 5588 current = setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL); | |
| 5589 if (current != NULL) | |
| 5590 { | |
| 5591 char *saved; | |
| 5592 | |
| 5593 saved = g_strdup(current); | |
| 5594 setlocale(LC_ALL, "C"); | |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 parsed = gdk_color_parse((const gchar *)name, &color); | |
| 5597 | |
| 5598 setlocale(LC_ALL, saved); | |
| 5599 gtk_set_locale(); | |
| 5600 | |
| 5601 g_free(saved); | |
| 5602 } | |
| 5603 } | |
| 5604 #endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 5605 | |
| 5606 if (parsed) | |
| 5607 { | |
| 5608 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 5609 gdk_colormap_alloc_color(gtk_widget_get_colormap(gui.drawarea), | |
| 5610 &color, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 5611 #else | |
| 5612 gdk_color_alloc(gtk_widget_get_colormap(gui.drawarea), &color); | |
| 5613 #endif | |
| 5614 return (guicolor_T)color.pixel; | |
| 5615 } | |
| 5616 /* add a few builtin names and try again */ | |
| 5617 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
| 5618 { | |
| 5619 if (vimnames[i][0] == NULL) | |
| 5620 { | |
| 5621 name = NULL; | |
| 5622 break; | |
| 5623 } | |
| 5624 if (STRICMP(name, vimnames[i][0]) == 0) | |
| 5625 { | |
| 5626 name = (char_u *)vimnames[i][1]; | |
| 5627 break; | |
| 5628 } | |
| 5629 } | |
| 5630 } | |
| 5631 | |
| 5632 return INVALCOLOR; | |
| 5633 } | |
| 5634 | |
| 5635 /* | |
| 5636 * Set the current text foreground color. | |
| 5637 */ | |
| 5638 void | |
| 5639 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color) | |
| 5640 { | |
| 5641 gui.fgcolor->pixel = (unsigned long)color; | |
| 5642 } | |
| 5643 | |
| 5644 /* | |
| 5645 * Set the current text background color. | |
| 5646 */ | |
| 5647 void | |
| 5648 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color) | |
| 5649 { | |
| 5650 gui.bgcolor->pixel = (unsigned long)color; | |
| 5651 } | |
| 5652 | |
| 207 | 5653 /* |
| 5654 * Set the current text special color. | |
| 5655 */ | |
| 5656 void | |
| 5657 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color) | |
| 5658 { | |
| 5659 gui.spcolor->pixel = (unsigned long)color; | |
| 5660 } | |
| 5661 | |
| 7 | 5662 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 |
| 5663 /* | |
| 5664 * Function-like convenience macro for the sake of efficiency. | |
| 5665 */ | |
| 5666 #define INSERT_PANGO_ATTR(Attribute, AttrList, Start, End) \ | |
| 5667 G_STMT_START{ \ | |
| 5668 PangoAttribute *tmp_attr_; \ | |
| 5669 tmp_attr_ = (Attribute); \ | |
| 5670 tmp_attr_->start_index = (Start); \ | |
| 5671 tmp_attr_->end_index = (End); \ | |
| 5672 pango_attr_list_insert((AttrList), tmp_attr_); \ | |
| 5673 }G_STMT_END | |
| 5674 | |
| 5675 static void | |
| 5676 apply_wide_font_attr(char_u *s, int len, PangoAttrList *attr_list) | |
| 5677 { | |
| 5678 char_u *start = NULL; | |
| 5679 char_u *p; | |
| 5680 int uc; | |
| 5681 | |
| 5682 for (p = s; p < s + len; p += utf_byte2len(*p)) | |
| 5683 { | |
| 5684 uc = utf_ptr2char(p); | |
| 5685 | |
| 5686 if (start == NULL) | |
| 5687 { | |
| 5688 if (uc >= 0x80 && utf_char2cells(uc) == 2) | |
| 5689 start = p; | |
| 5690 } | |
| 5691 else if (uc < 0x80 /* optimization shortcut */ | |
| 5692 || (utf_char2cells(uc) != 2 && !utf_iscomposing(uc))) | |
| 5693 { | |
| 5694 INSERT_PANGO_ATTR(pango_attr_font_desc_new(gui.wide_font), | |
| 5695 attr_list, start - s, p - s); | |
| 5696 start = NULL; | |
| 5697 } | |
| 5698 } | |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 if (start != NULL) | |
| 5701 INSERT_PANGO_ATTR(pango_attr_font_desc_new(gui.wide_font), | |
| 5702 attr_list, start - s, len); | |
| 5703 } | |
| 5704 | |
| 5705 static int | |
| 5706 count_cluster_cells(char_u *s, PangoItem *item, | |
| 5707 PangoGlyphString* glyphs, int i, | |
| 5708 int *cluster_width, | |
| 5709 int *last_glyph_rbearing) | |
| 5710 { | |
| 5711 char_u *p; | |
| 5712 int next; /* glyph start index of next cluster */ | |
| 5713 int start, end; /* string segment of current cluster */ | |
| 5714 int width; /* real cluster width in Pango units */ | |
| 5715 int uc; | |
| 5716 int cellcount = 0; | |
| 5717 | |
| 5718 width = glyphs->glyphs[i].geometry.width; | |
| 5719 | |
| 5720 for (next = i + 1; next < glyphs->num_glyphs; ++next) | |
| 5721 { | |
| 5722 if (glyphs->glyphs[next].attr.is_cluster_start) | |
| 5723 break; | |
| 5724 else if (glyphs->glyphs[next].geometry.width > width) | |
| 5725 width = glyphs->glyphs[next].geometry.width; | |
| 5726 } | |
| 5727 | |
| 5728 start = item->offset + glyphs->log_clusters[i]; | |
| 5729 end = item->offset + ((next < glyphs->num_glyphs) ? | |
| 5730 glyphs->log_clusters[next] : item->length); | |
| 5731 | |
| 5732 for (p = s + start; p < s + end; p += utf_byte2len(*p)) | |
| 5733 { | |
| 5734 uc = utf_ptr2char(p); | |
| 5735 if (uc < 0x80) | |
| 5736 ++cellcount; | |
| 5737 else if (!utf_iscomposing(uc)) | |
| 5738 cellcount += utf_char2cells(uc); | |
| 5739 } | |
| 5740 | |
| 5741 if (last_glyph_rbearing != NULL | |
| 5742 && cellcount > 0 && next == glyphs->num_glyphs) | |
| 5743 { | |
| 5744 PangoRectangle ink_rect; | |
| 5745 /* | |
| 5746 * If a certain combining mark had to be taken from a non-monospace | |
| 5747 * font, we have to compensate manually by adapting x_offset according | |
| 5748 * to the ink extents of the previous glyph. | |
| 5749 */ | |
| 5750 pango_font_get_glyph_extents(item->analysis.font, | |
| 5751 glyphs->glyphs[i].glyph, | |
| 5752 &ink_rect, NULL); | |
| 5753 | |
| 5754 if (PANGO_RBEARING(ink_rect) > 0) | |
| 5755 *last_glyph_rbearing = PANGO_RBEARING(ink_rect); | |
| 5756 } | |
| 5757 | |
| 5758 if (cellcount > 0) | |
| 5759 *cluster_width = width; | |
| 5760 | |
| 5761 return cellcount; | |
| 5762 } | |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 /* | |
| 5765 * If there are only combining characters in the cluster, we cannot just | |
| 5766 * change the width of the previous glyph since there is none. Therefore | |
| 5767 * some guesswork is needed. | |
| 5768 * | |
| 5769 * If ink_rect.x is negative Pango apparently has taken care of the composing | |
| 5770 * by itself. Actually setting x_offset = 0 should be sufficient then, but due | |
| 5771 * to problems with composing from different fonts we still need to fine-tune | |
| 5772 * x_offset to avoid uglyness. | |
| 5773 * | |
| 5774 * If ink_rect.x is not negative, force overstriking by pointing x_offset to | |
| 5775 * the position of the previous glyph. Apparently this happens only with old | |
| 5776 * X fonts which don't provide the special combining information needed by | |
| 5777 * Pango. | |
| 5778 */ | |
| 5779 static void | |
| 5780 setup_zero_width_cluster(PangoItem *item, PangoGlyphInfo *glyph, | |
| 5781 int last_cellcount, int last_cluster_width, | |
| 5782 int last_glyph_rbearing) | |
| 5783 { | |
| 5784 PangoRectangle ink_rect; | |
| 5785 PangoRectangle logical_rect; | |
| 5786 int width; | |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 width = last_cellcount * gui.char_width * PANGO_SCALE; | |
| 5789 glyph->geometry.x_offset = -width + MAX(0, width - last_cluster_width) / 2; | |
| 5790 glyph->geometry.width = 0; | |
| 5791 | |
| 5792 pango_font_get_glyph_extents(item->analysis.font, | |
| 5793 glyph->glyph, | |
| 5794 &ink_rect, &logical_rect); | |
| 5795 if (ink_rect.x < 0) | |
| 5796 { | |
| 5797 glyph->geometry.x_offset += last_glyph_rbearing; | |
| 5798 glyph->geometry.y_offset = logical_rect.height | |
| 5799 - (gui.char_height - p_linespace) * PANGO_SCALE; | |
| 5800 } | |
| 5801 } | |
| 5802 | |
| 5803 static void | |
| 5804 draw_glyph_string(int row, int col, int num_cells, int flags, | |
| 5805 PangoFont *font, PangoGlyphString *glyphs) | |
| 5806 { | |
| 5807 if (!(flags & DRAW_TRANSP)) | |
| 5808 { | |
| 5809 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.bgcolor); | |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 5812 gui.text_gc, | |
| 5813 TRUE, | |
| 5814 FILL_X(col), | |
| 5815 FILL_Y(row), | |
| 5816 num_cells * gui.char_width, | |
| 5817 gui.char_height); | |
| 5818 } | |
| 5819 | |
| 5820 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.fgcolor); | |
| 5821 | |
| 5822 gdk_draw_glyphs(gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 5823 gui.text_gc, | |
| 5824 font, | |
| 5825 TEXT_X(col), | |
| 5826 TEXT_Y(row), | |
| 5827 glyphs); | |
| 5828 | |
| 5829 /* redraw the contents with an offset of 1 to emulate bold */ | |
| 5830 if ((flags & DRAW_BOLD) && !gui.font_can_bold) | |
| 5831 gdk_draw_glyphs(gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 5832 gui.text_gc, | |
| 5833 font, | |
| 5834 TEXT_X(col) + 1, | |
| 5835 TEXT_Y(row), | |
| 5836 glyphs); | |
| 5837 } | |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 #endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 5840 | |
| 207 | 5841 /* |
| 5842 * Draw underline and undercurl at the bottom of the character cell. | |
| 5843 */ | |
| 5844 static void | |
| 5845 draw_under(int flags, int row, int col, int cells) | |
| 5846 { | |
| 5847 int i; | |
| 5848 int offset; | |
| 1884 | 5849 static const int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 }; |
| 207 | 5850 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1; |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 /* Undercurl: draw curl at the bottom of the character cell. */ | |
| 5853 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) | |
| 5854 { | |
| 5855 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.spcolor); | |
| 5856 for (i = FILL_X(col); i < FILL_X(col + cells); ++i) | |
| 5857 { | |
| 5858 offset = val[i % 8]; | |
| 5859 gdk_draw_point(gui.drawarea->window, gui.text_gc, i, y - offset); | |
| 5860 } | |
| 5861 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.fgcolor); | |
| 5862 } | |
| 5863 | |
| 5864 /* Underline: draw a line at the bottom of the character cell. */ | |
| 5865 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 5866 { | |
| 5867 /* When p_linespace is 0, overwrite the bottom row of pixels. | |
| 5868 * Otherwise put the line just below the character. */ | |
| 5869 if (p_linespace > 1) | |
| 5870 y -= p_linespace - 1; | |
| 5871 gdk_draw_line(gui.drawarea->window, gui.text_gc, | |
| 5872 FILL_X(col), y, | |
| 5873 FILL_X(col + cells) - 1, y); | |
| 5874 } | |
| 5875 } | |
| 5876 | |
| 7 | 5877 #if defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(PROTO) |
| 5878 int | |
| 5879 gui_gtk2_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 5880 { | |
| 5881 GdkRectangle area; /* area for clip mask */ | |
| 5882 PangoGlyphString *glyphs; /* glyphs of current item */ | |
| 5883 int column_offset = 0; /* column offset in cells */ | |
| 5884 int i; | |
| 5885 char_u *conv_buf = NULL; /* result of UTF-8 conversion */ | |
| 5886 char_u *new_conv_buf; | |
| 5887 int convlen; | |
| 5888 char_u *sp, *bp; | |
| 5889 int plen; | |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 if (gui.text_context == NULL || gui.drawarea->window == NULL) | |
| 5892 return len; | |
| 5893 | |
| 5894 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 5895 { | |
| 5896 /* | |
| 5897 * Convert characters from 'encoding' to 'termencoding', which is set | |
| 5898 * to UTF-8 by gui_mch_init(). did_set_string_option() in option.c | |
| 5899 * prohibits changing this to something else than UTF-8 if the GUI is | |
| 5900 * in use. | |
| 5901 */ | |
| 5902 convlen = len; | |
| 5903 conv_buf = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &convlen); | |
| 5904 g_return_val_if_fail(conv_buf != NULL, len); | |
| 5905 | |
| 5906 /* Correct for differences in char width: some chars are | |
| 5907 * double-wide in 'encoding' but single-wide in utf-8. Add a space to | |
| 5908 * compensate for that. */ | |
| 5909 for (sp = s, bp = conv_buf; sp < s + len && bp < conv_buf + convlen; ) | |
| 5910 { | |
| 474 | 5911 plen = utf_ptr2len(bp); |
| 7 | 5912 if ((*mb_ptr2cells)(sp) == 2 && utf_ptr2cells(bp) == 1) |
| 5913 { | |
| 5914 new_conv_buf = alloc(convlen + 2); | |
| 5915 if (new_conv_buf == NULL) | |
| 5916 return len; | |
| 5917 plen += bp - conv_buf; | |
| 5918 mch_memmove(new_conv_buf, conv_buf, plen); | |
| 5919 new_conv_buf[plen] = ' '; | |
| 5920 mch_memmove(new_conv_buf + plen + 1, conv_buf + plen, | |
| 5921 convlen - plen + 1); | |
| 5922 vim_free(conv_buf); | |
| 5923 conv_buf = new_conv_buf; | |
| 5924 ++convlen; | |
| 5925 bp = conv_buf + plen; | |
| 5926 plen = 1; | |
| 5927 } | |
| 474 | 5928 sp += (*mb_ptr2len)(sp); |
| 7 | 5929 bp += plen; |
| 5930 } | |
| 5931 s = conv_buf; | |
| 5932 len = convlen; | |
| 5933 } | |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 /* | |
| 5936 * Restrict all drawing to the current screen line in order to prevent | |
| 5937 * fuzzy font lookups from messing up the screen. | |
| 5938 */ | |
| 5939 area.x = gui.border_offset; | |
| 5940 area.y = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 5941 area.width = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width; | |
| 5942 area.height = gui.char_height; | |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 gdk_gc_set_clip_origin(gui.text_gc, 0, 0); | |
| 5945 gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle(gui.text_gc, &area); | |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 glyphs = pango_glyph_string_new(); | |
| 5948 | |
| 5949 /* | |
| 5950 * Optimization hack: If possible, skip the itemize and shaping process | |
| 5951 * for pure ASCII strings. This optimization is particularly effective | |
| 5952 * because Vim draws space characters to clear parts of the screen. | |
| 5953 */ | |
| 5954 if (!(flags & DRAW_ITALIC) | |
| 5955 && !((flags & DRAW_BOLD) && gui.font_can_bold) | |
| 5956 && gui.ascii_glyphs != NULL) | |
| 5957 { | |
| 5958 char_u *p; | |
| 5959 | |
| 5960 for (p = s; p < s + len; ++p) | |
| 5961 if (*p & 0x80) | |
| 5962 goto not_ascii; | |
| 5963 | |
| 5964 pango_glyph_string_set_size(glyphs, len); | |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 5967 { | |
| 5968 glyphs->glyphs[i] = gui.ascii_glyphs->glyphs[s[i]]; | |
| 5969 glyphs->log_clusters[i] = i; | |
| 5970 } | |
| 5971 | |
| 5972 draw_glyph_string(row, col, len, flags, gui.ascii_font, glyphs); | |
| 5973 | |
| 5974 column_offset = len; | |
| 5975 } | |
| 5976 else | |
| 5977 not_ascii: | |
| 5978 { | |
| 5979 PangoAttrList *attr_list; | |
| 5980 GList *item_list; | |
| 5981 int cluster_width; | |
| 5982 int last_glyph_rbearing; | |
| 5983 int cells = 0; /* cells occupied by current cluster */ | |
| 497 | 5984 #if 0 |
| 5985 int monospace13 = STRICMP(p_guifont, "monospace 13") == 0; | |
| 5986 #endif | |
| 7 | 5987 |
| 26 | 5988 /* Safety check: pango crashes when invoked with invalid utf-8 |
| 5989 * characters. */ | |
| 5990 if (!utf_valid_string(s, s + len)) | |
| 5991 { | |
| 5992 column_offset = len; | |
| 5993 goto skipitall; | |
| 5994 } | |
| 5995 | |
| 7 | 5996 /* original width of the current cluster */ |
| 5997 cluster_width = PANGO_SCALE * gui.char_width; | |
| 5998 | |
| 5999 /* right bearing of the last non-composing glyph */ | |
| 6000 last_glyph_rbearing = PANGO_SCALE * gui.char_width; | |
| 6001 | |
| 6002 attr_list = pango_attr_list_new(); | |
| 6003 | |
| 6004 /* If 'guifontwide' is set then use that for double-width characters. | |
| 6005 * Otherwise just go with 'guifont' and let Pango do its thing. */ | |
| 6006 if (gui.wide_font != NULL) | |
| 6007 apply_wide_font_attr(s, len, attr_list); | |
| 6008 | |
| 6009 if ((flags & DRAW_BOLD) && gui.font_can_bold) | |
| 6010 INSERT_PANGO_ATTR(pango_attr_weight_new(PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD), | |
| 6011 attr_list, 0, len); | |
| 6012 if (flags & DRAW_ITALIC) | |
| 6013 INSERT_PANGO_ATTR(pango_attr_style_new(PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC), | |
| 6014 attr_list, 0, len); | |
| 6015 /* | |
| 6016 * Break the text into segments with consistent directional level | |
| 6017 * and shaping engine. Pure Latin text needs only a single segment, | |
| 6018 * so there's no need to worry about the loop's efficiency. Better | |
| 6019 * try to optimize elsewhere, e.g. reducing exposes and stuff :) | |
| 6020 */ | |
| 6021 item_list = pango_itemize(gui.text_context, | |
| 6022 (const char *)s, 0, len, attr_list, NULL); | |
| 6023 | |
| 6024 while (item_list != NULL) | |
| 6025 { | |
| 6026 PangoItem *item; | |
| 6027 int item_cells = 0; /* item length in cells */ | |
| 6028 | |
| 6029 item = (PangoItem *)item_list->data; | |
| 6030 item_list = g_list_delete_link(item_list, item_list); | |
| 6031 /* | |
| 6032 * Increment the bidirectional embedding level by 1 if it is not | |
| 6033 * even. An odd number means the output will be RTL, but we don't | |
| 6034 * want that since Vim handles right-to-left text on its own. It | |
| 6035 * would probably be sufficient to just set level = 0, but you can | |
| 6036 * never know :) | |
| 6037 * | |
| 6038 * Unfortunately we can't take advantage of Pango's ability to | |
| 6039 * render both LTR and RTL at the same time. In order to support | |
| 6040 * that, Vim's main screen engine would have to make use of Pango | |
| 6041 * functionality. | |
| 6042 */ | |
| 6043 item->analysis.level = (item->analysis.level + 1) & (~1U); | |
| 6044 | |
| 6045 /* HACK: Overrule the shape engine, we don't want shaping to be | |
| 6046 * done, because drawing the cursor would change the display. */ | |
| 6047 item->analysis.shape_engine = default_shape_engine; | |
| 6048 | |
| 6049 pango_shape((const char *)s + item->offset, item->length, | |
| 6050 &item->analysis, glyphs); | |
| 6051 /* | |
| 6052 * Fixed-width hack: iterate over the array and assign a fixed | |
| 6053 * width to each glyph, thus overriding the choice made by the | |
| 6054 * shaping engine. We use utf_char2cells() to determine the | |
| 6055 * number of cells needed. | |
| 6056 * | |
| 6057 * Also perform all kind of dark magic to get composing | |
| 6058 * characters right (and pretty too of course). | |
| 6059 */ | |
| 6060 for (i = 0; i < glyphs->num_glyphs; ++i) | |
| 6061 { | |
| 6062 PangoGlyphInfo *glyph; | |
| 6063 | |
| 6064 glyph = &glyphs->glyphs[i]; | |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 if (glyph->attr.is_cluster_start) | |
| 6067 { | |
| 6068 int cellcount; | |
| 6069 | |
| 6070 cellcount = count_cluster_cells( | |
| 6071 s, item, glyphs, i, &cluster_width, | |
| 6072 (item_list != NULL) ? &last_glyph_rbearing : NULL); | |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 if (cellcount > 0) | |
| 6075 { | |
| 6076 int width; | |
| 6077 | |
| 6078 width = cellcount * gui.char_width * PANGO_SCALE; | |
| 6079 glyph->geometry.x_offset += | |
| 6080 MAX(0, width - cluster_width) / 2; | |
| 6081 glyph->geometry.width = width; | |
| 6082 } | |
| 6083 else | |
| 6084 { | |
| 6085 /* If there are only combining characters in the | |
| 6086 * cluster, we cannot just change the width of the | |
| 6087 * previous glyph since there is none. Therefore | |
| 6088 * some guesswork is needed. */ | |
| 6089 setup_zero_width_cluster(item, glyph, cells, | |
| 6090 cluster_width, | |
| 6091 last_glyph_rbearing); | |
| 6092 } | |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 item_cells += cellcount; | |
| 6095 cells = cellcount; | |
| 6096 } | |
| 6097 else if (i > 0) | |
| 6098 { | |
| 6099 int width; | |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 /* There is a previous glyph, so we deal with combining | |
| 6102 * characters the canonical way. That is, setting the | |
| 6103 * width of the previous glyph to 0. */ | |
| 6104 glyphs->glyphs[i - 1].geometry.width = 0; | |
| 6105 width = cells * gui.char_width * PANGO_SCALE; | |
| 6106 glyph->geometry.x_offset += | |
| 6107 MAX(0, width - cluster_width) / 2; | |
| 497 | 6108 #if 0 |
| 6109 /* Dirty hack: for "monospace 13" font there is a bug that | |
| 6110 * draws composing chars in the wrong position. Add | |
| 6111 * "width" to the offset to work around that. */ | |
| 6112 if (monospace13) | |
| 6113 glyph->geometry.x_offset = width; | |
| 6114 #endif | |
| 6115 | |
| 7 | 6116 glyph->geometry.width = width; |
| 6117 } | |
| 6118 else /* i == 0 "cannot happen" */ | |
| 6119 { | |
| 6120 glyph->geometry.width = 0; | |
| 6121 } | |
| 6122 } | |
| 6123 | |
| 6124 /*** Aaaaand action! ***/ | |
| 6125 draw_glyph_string(row, col + column_offset, item_cells, | |
| 6126 flags, item->analysis.font, glyphs); | |
| 6127 | |
| 6128 pango_item_free(item); | |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 column_offset += item_cells; | |
| 6131 } | |
| 6132 | |
| 6133 pango_attr_list_unref(attr_list); | |
| 6134 } | |
| 6135 | |
| 26 | 6136 skipitall: |
| 207 | 6137 /* Draw underline and undercurl. */ |
| 6138 draw_under(flags, row, col, column_offset); | |
| 7 | 6139 |
| 6140 pango_glyph_string_free(glyphs); | |
| 6141 vim_free(conv_buf); | |
| 6142 | |
| 6143 gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle(gui.text_gc, NULL); | |
| 6144 | |
| 6145 return column_offset; | |
| 6146 } | |
| 6147 #endif /* HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 6148 | |
| 6149 #if !defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6150 void | |
| 6151 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 6152 { | |
| 6153 static XChar2b *buf = NULL; | |
| 6154 static int buflen = 0; | |
| 6155 int is_wide; | |
| 6156 XChar2b *text; | |
| 6157 int textlen; | |
| 6158 XFontStruct *xfont; | |
| 6159 char_u *p; | |
| 6160 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6161 unsigned c; | |
| 6162 # endif | |
| 6163 int width; | |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 if (gui.current_font == NULL || gui.drawarea->window == NULL) | |
| 6166 return; | |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 /* | |
| 6169 * Yeah yeah apparently the font support in GTK+ 1.2 only cares for either: | |
| 6170 * asians or 8-bit fonts. It is broken there, but no wonder the whole font | |
| 6171 * stuff is broken in X11 in first place. And the internationalization API | |
| 6172 * isn't something you would really like to use. | |
| 6173 */ | |
| 6174 | |
| 6175 xfont = (XFontStruct *)((GdkFontPrivate*)gui.current_font)->xfont; | |
| 6176 is_wide = ((xfont->min_byte1 != 0 || xfont->max_byte1 != 0) | |
| 6177 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET | |
| 6178 && gui.fontset == NOFONTSET | |
| 6179 # endif | |
| 6180 ); | |
| 6181 | |
| 6182 if (is_wide) | |
| 6183 { | |
| 6184 /* Convert a byte sequence to 16 bit characters for the Gdk functions. | |
| 6185 * Need a buffer for the 16 bit characters. Keep it between calls, | |
| 6186 * because allocating it each time is slow. */ | |
| 6187 if (buflen < len) | |
| 6188 { | |
| 6189 XtFree((char *)buf); | |
| 6190 buf = (XChar2b *)XtMalloc(len * sizeof(XChar2b)); | |
| 6191 buflen = len; | |
| 6192 } | |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 p = s; | |
| 6195 textlen = 0; | |
| 6196 width = 0; | |
| 6197 while (p < s + len) | |
| 6198 { | |
| 6199 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6200 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6201 { | |
| 1903 | 6202 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 /* TODO: use the composing characters */ | |
|
2074
1bb06e6512a2
updated for version 7.2.358
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1986
diff
changeset
|
6205 c = utfc_ptr2char_len(p, pcc, len - (p - s)); |
| 7 | 6206 if (c >= 0x10000) /* show chars > 0xffff as ? */ |
| 6207 c = 0xbf; | |
| 6208 buf[textlen].byte1 = c >> 8; | |
| 6209 buf[textlen].byte2 = c; | |
| 1903 | 6210 p += utfc_ptr2len_len(p, len - (p - s)); |
| 7 | 6211 width += utf_char2cells(c); |
| 6212 } | |
| 6213 else | |
| 6214 # endif | |
| 6215 { | |
| 6216 buf[textlen].byte1 = '\0'; /* high eight bits */ | |
| 6217 buf[textlen].byte2 = *p; /* low eight bits */ | |
| 6218 ++p; | |
| 6219 ++width; | |
| 6220 } | |
| 6221 ++textlen; | |
| 6222 } | |
| 6223 text = buf; | |
| 6224 textlen = textlen * 2; | |
| 6225 } | |
| 6226 else | |
| 6227 { | |
| 6228 text = (XChar2b *)s; | |
| 6229 textlen = len; | |
| 6230 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6231 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6232 { | |
| 6233 width = 0; | |
| 1903 | 6234 for (p = s; p < s + len; p += (*mb_ptr2len_len)(p, len - (p - s))) |
| 6235 width += (*mb_ptr2cells_len)(p, len - (p - s)); | |
| 7 | 6236 } |
| 6237 else | |
| 6238 # endif | |
| 6239 width = len; | |
| 6240 } | |
| 6241 | |
| 6242 if (!(flags & DRAW_TRANSP)) | |
| 6243 { | |
| 6244 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.bgcolor); | |
| 6245 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 6246 gui.text_gc, | |
| 6247 TRUE, | |
| 6248 FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row), | |
| 6249 width * gui.char_width, gui.char_height); | |
| 6250 } | |
| 6251 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.fgcolor); | |
| 6252 gdk_draw_text(gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 6253 gui.current_font, | |
| 6254 gui.text_gc, | |
| 6255 TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row), | |
| 6256 (const gchar *)text, textlen); | |
| 6257 | |
| 6258 /* redraw the contents with an offset of 1 to emulate bold */ | |
| 6259 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 6260 gdk_draw_text(gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 6261 gui.current_font, | |
| 6262 gui.text_gc, | |
| 6263 TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row), | |
| 6264 (const gchar *)text, textlen); | |
| 6265 | |
| 207 | 6266 /* Draw underline and undercurl. */ |
| 6267 draw_under(flags, row, col, width); | |
| 7 | 6268 } |
| 6269 #endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 6270 | |
| 6271 /* | |
| 6272 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported. | |
| 6273 */ | |
| 6274 int | |
| 6275 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name) | |
| 6276 { | |
| 6277 int i; | |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != 0; i++) | |
| 6280 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].code0 | |
| 6281 && name[1] == special_keys[i].code1) | |
| 6282 return OK; | |
| 6283 return FAIL; | |
| 6284 } | |
| 6285 | |
| 6286 #if defined(FEAT_TITLE) \ | |
| 6287 || (defined(FEAT_XIM) && !defined(HAVE_GTK2)) \ | |
| 6288 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6289 /* | |
| 6290 * Return the text window-id and display. Only required for X-based GUI's | |
| 6291 */ | |
| 6292 int | |
| 6293 gui_get_x11_windis(Window *win, Display **dis) | |
| 6294 { | |
| 6295 if (gui.mainwin != NULL && gui.mainwin->window != NULL) | |
| 6296 { | |
| 6297 *dis = GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window); | |
| 6298 *win = GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window); | |
| 6299 return OK; | |
| 6300 } | |
| 6301 | |
| 6302 *dis = NULL; | |
| 6303 *win = 0; | |
| 6304 return FAIL; | |
| 6305 } | |
| 6306 #endif | |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 #if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) \ | |
| 6309 || (defined(FEAT_X11) && defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6310 | |
| 6311 Display * | |
| 6312 gui_mch_get_display(void) | |
| 6313 { | |
| 6314 if (gui.mainwin != NULL && gui.mainwin->window != NULL) | |
| 6315 return GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window); | |
| 6316 else | |
| 6317 return NULL; | |
| 6318 } | |
| 6319 #endif | |
| 6320 | |
| 6321 void | |
| 6322 gui_mch_beep(void) | |
| 6323 { | |
| 6324 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD | |
| 6325 GdkDisplay *display; | |
| 6326 | |
| 6327 if (gui.mainwin != NULL && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(gui.mainwin)) | |
| 6328 display = gtk_widget_get_display(gui.mainwin); | |
| 6329 else | |
| 6330 display = gdk_display_get_default(); | |
| 6331 | |
| 6332 if (display != NULL) | |
| 6333 gdk_display_beep(display); | |
| 6334 #else | |
| 6335 gdk_beep(); | |
| 6336 #endif | |
| 6337 } | |
| 6338 | |
| 6339 void | |
| 6340 gui_mch_flash(int msec) | |
| 6341 { | |
| 6342 GdkGCValues values; | |
| 6343 GdkGC *invert_gc; | |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 if (gui.drawarea->window == NULL) | |
| 6346 return; | |
| 6347 | |
| 6348 values.foreground.pixel = gui.norm_pixel ^ gui.back_pixel; | |
| 6349 values.background.pixel = gui.norm_pixel ^ gui.back_pixel; | |
| 6350 values.function = GDK_XOR; | |
| 6351 invert_gc = gdk_gc_new_with_values(gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 6352 &values, | |
| 6353 GDK_GC_FOREGROUND | | |
| 6354 GDK_GC_BACKGROUND | | |
| 6355 GDK_GC_FUNCTION); | |
| 6356 gdk_gc_set_exposures(invert_gc, | |
| 6357 gui.visibility != GDK_VISIBILITY_UNOBSCURED); | |
| 6358 /* | |
| 6359 * Do a visual beep by changing back and forth in some undetermined way, | |
| 6360 * the foreground and background colors. This is due to the fact that | |
| 6361 * there can't be really any prediction about the effects of XOR on | |
| 6362 * arbitrary X11 servers. However this seems to be enough for what we | |
| 6363 * intend it to do. | |
| 6364 */ | |
| 6365 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, invert_gc, | |
| 6366 TRUE, | |
| 6367 0, 0, | |
| 6368 FILL_X((int)Columns) + gui.border_offset, | |
| 6369 FILL_Y((int)Rows) + gui.border_offset); | |
| 6370 | |
| 6371 gui_mch_flush(); | |
| 6372 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait so many msec */ | |
| 6373 | |
| 6374 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, invert_gc, | |
| 6375 TRUE, | |
| 6376 0, 0, | |
| 6377 FILL_X((int)Columns) + gui.border_offset, | |
| 6378 FILL_Y((int)Rows) + gui.border_offset); | |
| 6379 | |
| 6380 gdk_gc_destroy(invert_gc); | |
| 6381 } | |
| 6382 | |
| 6383 /* | |
| 6384 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns. | |
| 6385 */ | |
| 6386 void | |
| 6387 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc) | |
| 6388 { | |
| 6389 GdkGCValues values; | |
| 6390 GdkGC *invert_gc; | |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 if (gui.drawarea->window == NULL) | |
| 6393 return; | |
| 6394 | |
| 944 | 6395 values.foreground.pixel = gui.norm_pixel ^ gui.back_pixel; |
| 6396 values.background.pixel = gui.norm_pixel ^ gui.back_pixel; | |
| 7 | 6397 values.function = GDK_XOR; |
| 6398 invert_gc = gdk_gc_new_with_values(gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 6399 &values, | |
| 6400 GDK_GC_FOREGROUND | | |
| 6401 GDK_GC_BACKGROUND | | |
| 6402 GDK_GC_FUNCTION); | |
| 944 | 6403 gdk_gc_set_exposures(invert_gc, gui.visibility != |
| 6404 GDK_VISIBILITY_UNOBSCURED); | |
| 7 | 6405 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, invert_gc, |
| 6406 TRUE, | |
| 6407 FILL_X(c), FILL_Y(r), | |
| 6408 (nc) * gui.char_width, (nr) * gui.char_height); | |
| 6409 gdk_gc_destroy(invert_gc); | |
| 6410 } | |
| 6411 | |
| 6412 /* | |
| 6413 * Iconify the GUI window. | |
| 6414 */ | |
| 6415 void | |
| 6416 gui_mch_iconify(void) | |
| 6417 { | |
| 6418 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 6419 gtk_window_iconify(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin)); | |
| 6420 #else | |
| 6421 XIconifyWindow(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window), | |
| 6422 GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.mainwin->window), | |
| 6423 DefaultScreen(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window))); | |
| 6424 #endif | |
| 6425 } | |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6428 /* | |
| 6429 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground. | |
| 6430 */ | |
| 6431 void | |
| 6432 gui_mch_set_foreground(void) | |
| 6433 { | |
| 6434 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 6435 gtk_window_present(GTK_WINDOW(gui.mainwin)); | |
| 6436 # else | |
| 6437 gdk_window_raise(gui.mainwin->window); | |
| 6438 # endif | |
| 6439 } | |
| 6440 #endif | |
| 6441 | |
| 6442 /* | |
| 6443 * Draw a cursor without focus. | |
| 6444 */ | |
| 6445 void | |
| 6446 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color) | |
| 6447 { | |
| 6448 int i = 1; | |
| 6449 | |
| 6450 if (gui.drawarea->window == NULL) | |
| 6451 return; | |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 6454 | |
| 6455 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.fgcolor); | |
| 6456 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6457 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col)) | |
| 6458 i = 2; | |
| 6459 #endif | |
| 6460 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, gui.text_gc, | |
| 6461 FALSE, | |
| 6462 FILL_X(gui.col), FILL_Y(gui.row), | |
| 6463 i * gui.char_width - 1, gui.char_height - 1); | |
| 6464 } | |
| 6465 | |
| 6466 /* | |
| 6467 * Draw part of a cursor, "w" pixels wide, and "h" pixels high, using | |
| 6468 * color "color". | |
| 6469 */ | |
| 6470 void | |
| 6471 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color) | |
| 6472 { | |
| 6473 if (gui.drawarea->window == NULL) | |
| 6474 return; | |
| 6475 | |
| 6476 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 6477 | |
| 6478 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.fgcolor); | |
| 6479 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, gui.text_gc, | |
| 6480 TRUE, | |
| 6481 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 6482 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */ | |
| 6483 CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT ? FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w : | |
| 6484 #endif | |
| 6485 FILL_X(gui.col), | |
| 6486 FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h, | |
| 6487 w, h); | |
| 6488 } | |
| 6489 | |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 /* | |
| 6492 * Catch up with any queued X11 events. This may put keyboard input into the | |
| 6493 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is | |
| 6494 * nothing in the X11 event queue (& no timers pending), then we return | |
| 6495 * immediately. | |
| 6496 */ | |
| 6497 void | |
| 6498 gui_mch_update(void) | |
| 6499 { | |
| 6500 while (gtk_events_pending() && !vim_is_input_buf_full()) | |
| 6501 gtk_main_iteration_do(FALSE); | |
| 6502 } | |
| 6503 | |
| 6504 static gint | |
| 6505 input_timer_cb(gpointer data) | |
| 6506 { | |
| 6507 int *timed_out = (int *) data; | |
| 6508 | |
| 1226 | 6509 /* Just inform the caller about the occurrence of it */ |
| 7 | 6510 *timed_out = TRUE; |
| 6511 | |
| 6512 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 6513 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 6514 | |
| 6515 return FALSE; /* don't happen again */ | |
| 6516 } | |
| 6517 | |
| 6518 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF | |
| 6519 /* | |
| 6520 * Callback function, used when data is available on the SNiFF connection. | |
| 6521 */ | |
| 6522 static void | |
| 6523 sniff_request_cb( | |
| 6524 gpointer data, | |
| 6525 gint source_fd, | |
| 6526 GdkInputCondition condition) | |
| 6527 { | |
| 6528 static char_u bytes[3] = {CSI, (int)KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_SNIFF}; | |
| 6529 | |
| 6530 add_to_input_buf(bytes, 3); | |
| 6531 | |
| 6532 if (gtk_main_level() > 0) | |
| 6533 gtk_main_quit(); | |
| 6534 } | |
| 6535 #endif | |
| 6536 | |
| 6537 /* | |
| 6538 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character | |
| 6539 * from the keyboard. | |
| 6540 * wtime == -1 Wait forever. | |
| 6541 * wtime == 0 This should never happen. | |
| 6542 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character. | |
| 6543 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time, | |
| 6544 * or FAIL otherwise. | |
| 6545 */ | |
| 6546 int | |
| 6547 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(long wtime) | |
| 6548 { | |
| 6549 int focus; | |
| 6550 guint timer; | |
| 6551 static int timed_out; | |
| 6552 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF | |
| 6553 static int sniff_on = 0; | |
| 6554 static gint sniff_input_id = 0; | |
| 6555 #endif | |
| 6556 | |
| 6557 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF | |
| 6558 if (sniff_on && !want_sniff_request) | |
| 6559 { | |
| 6560 if (sniff_input_id) | |
| 6561 gdk_input_remove(sniff_input_id); | |
| 6562 sniff_on = 0; | |
| 6563 } | |
| 6564 else if (!sniff_on && want_sniff_request) | |
| 6565 { | |
| 6566 /* Add fd_from_sniff to watch for available data in main loop. */ | |
| 6567 sniff_input_id = gdk_input_add(fd_from_sniff, | |
| 6568 GDK_INPUT_READ, sniff_request_cb, NULL); | |
| 6569 sniff_on = 1; | |
| 6570 } | |
| 6571 #endif | |
| 6572 | |
| 6573 timed_out = FALSE; | |
| 6574 | |
| 6575 /* this timeout makes sure that we will return if no characters arrived in | |
| 6576 * time */ | |
| 6577 | |
| 6578 if (wtime > 0) | |
| 6579 timer = gtk_timeout_add((guint32)wtime, input_timer_cb, &timed_out); | |
| 6580 else | |
| 6581 timer = 0; | |
| 6582 | |
| 6583 focus = gui.in_focus; | |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 do | |
| 6586 { | |
| 6587 /* Stop or start blinking when focus changes */ | |
| 6588 if (gui.in_focus != focus) | |
| 6589 { | |
| 6590 if (gui.in_focus) | |
| 6591 gui_mch_start_blink(); | |
| 6592 else | |
| 6593 gui_mch_stop_blink(); | |
| 6594 focus = gui.in_focus; | |
| 6595 } | |
| 6596 | |
| 1624 | 6597 #if defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) |
| 6598 /* Process the queued netbeans messages. */ | |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2188
diff
changeset
|
6599 if (usingNetbeans) |
|
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2188
diff
changeset
|
6600 netbeans_parse_messages(); |
| 1624 | 6601 #endif |
| 6602 | |
| 7 | 6603 /* |
| 6604 * Loop in GTK+ processing until a timeout or input occurs. | |
| 22 | 6605 * Skip this if input is available anyway (can happen in rare |
| 6606 * situations, sort of race condition). | |
| 7 | 6607 */ |
| 22 | 6608 if (!input_available()) |
| 6609 gtk_main(); | |
| 7 | 6610 |
| 6611 /* Got char, return immediately */ | |
| 6612 if (input_available()) | |
| 6613 { | |
| 6614 if (timer != 0 && !timed_out) | |
| 6615 gtk_timeout_remove(timer); | |
| 6616 return OK; | |
| 6617 } | |
| 6618 } while (wtime < 0 || !timed_out); | |
| 6619 | |
| 6620 /* | |
| 6621 * Flush all eventually pending (drawing) events. | |
| 6622 */ | |
| 6623 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 6624 | |
| 6625 return FAIL; | |
| 6626 } | |
| 6627 | |
| 6628 | |
| 6629 /**************************************************************************** | |
| 6630 * Output drawing routines. | |
| 6631 ****************************************************************************/ | |
| 6632 | |
| 6633 | |
| 6634 /* Flush any output to the screen */ | |
| 6635 void | |
| 6636 gui_mch_flush(void) | |
| 6637 { | |
| 6638 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD | |
| 6639 if (gui.mainwin != NULL && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(gui.mainwin)) | |
| 6640 gdk_display_sync(gtk_widget_get_display(gui.mainwin)); | |
| 6641 #else | |
| 6642 gdk_flush(); /* historical misnomer: calls XSync(), not XFlush() */ | |
| 6643 #endif | |
| 6644 #ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 6645 /* This happens to actually do what gui_mch_flush() is supposed to do, | |
| 6646 * according to the comment above. */ | |
| 6647 if (gui.drawarea != NULL && gui.drawarea->window != NULL) | |
| 6648 gdk_window_process_updates(gui.drawarea->window, FALSE); | |
| 6649 #endif | |
| 6650 } | |
| 6651 | |
| 6652 /* | |
| 6653 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to | |
| 6654 * (row2, col2) inclusive. | |
| 6655 */ | |
| 6656 void | |
| 6657 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2) | |
| 6658 { | |
| 6659 GdkColor color; | |
| 6660 | |
| 6661 if (gui.drawarea->window == NULL) | |
| 6662 return; | |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 color.pixel = gui.back_pixel; | |
| 6665 | |
| 6666 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, &color); | |
| 6667 | |
| 6668 /* Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have | |
| 6669 * spilled over to the window border. */ | |
| 6670 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, gui.text_gc, TRUE, | |
| 6671 FILL_X(col1), FILL_Y(row1), | |
| 6672 (col2 - col1 + 1) * gui.char_width | |
| 6673 + (col2 == Columns - 1), | |
| 6674 (row2 - row1 + 1) * gui.char_height); | |
| 6675 } | |
| 6676 | |
| 6677 void | |
| 6678 gui_mch_clear_all(void) | |
| 6679 { | |
| 6680 if (gui.drawarea->window != NULL) | |
| 6681 gdk_window_clear(gui.drawarea->window); | |
| 6682 } | |
| 6683 | |
| 6684 /* | |
| 6685 * Redraw any text revealed by scrolling up/down. | |
| 6686 */ | |
| 6687 static void | |
| 6688 check_copy_area(void) | |
| 6689 { | |
| 6690 GdkEvent *event; | |
| 6691 int expose_count; | |
| 6692 | |
| 6693 if (gui.visibility != GDK_VISIBILITY_PARTIAL) | |
| 6694 return; | |
| 6695 | |
| 6696 /* Avoid redrawing the cursor while scrolling or it'll end up where | |
| 6697 * we don't want it to be. I'm not sure if it's correct to call | |
| 6698 * gui_dont_update_cursor() at this point but it works as a quick | |
| 6699 * fix for now. */ | |
| 6700 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 6701 | |
| 6702 do | |
| 6703 { | |
| 6704 /* Wait to check whether the scroll worked or not. */ | |
| 6705 event = gdk_event_get_graphics_expose(gui.drawarea->window); | |
| 6706 | |
| 6707 if (event == NULL) | |
| 6708 break; /* received NoExpose event */ | |
| 6709 | |
| 6710 gui_redraw(event->expose.area.x, event->expose.area.y, | |
| 6711 event->expose.area.width, event->expose.area.height); | |
| 6712 | |
| 6713 expose_count = event->expose.count; | |
| 6714 gdk_event_free(event); | |
| 6715 } | |
| 6716 while (expose_count > 0); /* more events follow */ | |
| 6717 | |
| 6718 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 6719 } | |
| 6720 | |
| 6721 /* | |
| 6722 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any | |
| 6723 * text further down within the scroll region. | |
| 6724 */ | |
| 6725 void | |
| 6726 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines) | |
| 6727 { | |
| 6728 if (gui.visibility == GDK_VISIBILITY_FULLY_OBSCURED) | |
| 6729 return; /* Can't see the window */ | |
| 6730 | |
| 6731 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.fgcolor); | |
| 6732 gdk_gc_set_background(gui.text_gc, gui.bgcolor); | |
| 6733 | |
| 6734 /* copy one extra pixel, for when bold has spilled over */ | |
| 6735 gdk_window_copy_area(gui.drawarea->window, gui.text_gc, | |
| 6736 FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left), FILL_Y(row), | |
| 6737 gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 6738 FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left), | |
| 6739 FILL_Y(row + num_lines), | |
| 6740 gui.char_width * (gui.scroll_region_right | |
| 6741 - gui.scroll_region_left + 1) + 1, | |
| 6742 gui.char_height * (gui.scroll_region_bot - row - num_lines + 1)); | |
| 6743 | |
| 6744 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1, | |
| 6745 gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 6746 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 6747 check_copy_area(); | |
| 6748 } | |
| 6749 | |
| 6750 /* | |
| 6751 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any | |
| 6752 * following text within the scroll region. | |
| 6753 */ | |
| 6754 void | |
| 6755 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines) | |
| 6756 { | |
| 6757 if (gui.visibility == GDK_VISIBILITY_FULLY_OBSCURED) | |
| 6758 return; /* Can't see the window */ | |
| 6759 | |
| 6760 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.fgcolor); | |
| 6761 gdk_gc_set_background(gui.text_gc, gui.bgcolor); | |
| 6762 | |
| 6763 /* copy one extra pixel, for when bold has spilled over */ | |
| 6764 gdk_window_copy_area(gui.drawarea->window, gui.text_gc, | |
| 6765 FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left), FILL_Y(row + num_lines), | |
| 6766 gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 6767 FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left), FILL_Y(row), | |
| 6768 gui.char_width * (gui.scroll_region_right | |
| 6769 - gui.scroll_region_left + 1) + 1, | |
| 6770 gui.char_height * (gui.scroll_region_bot - row - num_lines + 1)); | |
| 6771 | |
| 6772 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 6773 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 6774 check_copy_area(); | |
| 6775 } | |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 /* | |
| 6778 * X Selection stuff, for cutting and pasting text to other windows. | |
| 6779 */ | |
| 6780 void | |
| 6781 clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) | |
| 6782 { | |
| 6783 GdkAtom target; | |
| 6784 unsigned i; | |
| 1494 | 6785 time_t start; |
| 7 | 6786 |
| 6787 for (i = 0; i < N_SELECTION_TARGETS; ++i) | |
| 6788 { | |
| 1904 | 6789 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6790 if (!clip_html && selection_targets[i].info == TARGET_HTML) | |
| 6791 continue; | |
| 6792 #endif | |
| 7 | 6793 received_selection = RS_NONE; |
| 6794 target = gdk_atom_intern(selection_targets[i].target, FALSE); | |
| 6795 | |
| 6796 gtk_selection_convert(gui.drawarea, | |
| 6797 cbd->gtk_sel_atom, target, | |
| 6798 (guint32)GDK_CURRENT_TIME); | |
| 6799 | |
| 1494 | 6800 /* Hack: Wait up to three seconds for the selection. A hang was |
| 6801 * noticed here when using the netrw plugin combined with ":gui" | |
| 6802 * during the FocusGained event. */ | |
| 6803 start = time(NULL); | |
| 6804 while (received_selection == RS_NONE && time(NULL) < start + 3) | |
| 7 | 6805 gtk_main(); /* wait for selection_received_cb */ |
| 6806 | |
| 6807 if (received_selection != RS_FAIL) | |
| 6808 return; | |
| 6809 } | |
| 6810 | |
| 6811 /* Final fallback position - use the X CUT_BUFFER0 store */ | |
| 1924 | 6812 yank_cut_buffer0(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.mainwin->window), cbd); |
| 7 | 6813 } |
| 6814 | |
| 6815 /* | |
| 6816 * Disown the selection. | |
| 6817 */ | |
| 6818 void | |
| 1884 | 6819 clip_mch_lose_selection(VimClipboard *cbd UNUSED) |
| 7 | 6820 { |
| 6821 /* WEIRD: when using NULL to actually disown the selection, we lose the | |
| 6822 * selection the first time we own it. */ | |
| 6823 /* | |
| 6824 gtk_selection_owner_set(NULL, cbd->gtk_sel_atom, (guint32)GDK_CURRENT_TIME); | |
| 6825 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 6826 */ | |
| 6827 } | |
| 6828 | |
| 6829 /* | |
| 6830 * Own the selection and return OK if it worked. | |
| 6831 */ | |
| 6832 int | |
| 6833 clip_mch_own_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) | |
| 6834 { | |
| 6835 int success; | |
| 6836 | |
| 6837 success = gtk_selection_owner_set(gui.drawarea, cbd->gtk_sel_atom, | |
| 6838 (guint32)GDK_CURRENT_TIME); | |
| 6839 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 6840 return (success) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 6841 } | |
| 6842 | |
| 6843 /* | |
| 6844 * Send the current selection to the clipboard. Do nothing for X because we | |
| 6845 * will fill in the selection only when requested by another app. | |
| 6846 */ | |
| 6847 void | |
| 1884 | 6848 clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd UNUSED) |
| 7 | 6849 { |
| 6850 } | |
| 6851 | |
| 6852 | |
| 6853 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6854 /* | |
| 6855 * Make a menu item appear either active or not active (grey or not grey). | |
| 6856 */ | |
| 6857 void | |
| 6858 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey) | |
| 6859 { | |
| 6860 if (menu->id == NULL) | |
| 6861 return; | |
| 6862 | |
| 6863 if (menu_is_separator(menu->name)) | |
| 6864 grey = TRUE; | |
| 6865 | |
| 6866 gui_mch_menu_hidden(menu, FALSE); | |
| 6867 /* Be clever about bitfields versus true booleans here! */ | |
| 6868 if (!GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE(menu->id) == !grey) | |
| 6869 { | |
| 6870 gtk_widget_set_sensitive(menu->id, !grey); | |
| 6871 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 6872 } | |
| 6873 } | |
| 6874 | |
| 6875 /* | |
| 6876 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden. | |
| 6877 */ | |
| 6878 void | |
| 6879 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden) | |
| 6880 { | |
| 6881 if (menu->id == 0) | |
| 6882 return; | |
| 6883 | |
| 6884 if (hidden) | |
| 6885 { | |
| 6886 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE(menu->id)) | |
| 6887 { | |
| 6888 gtk_widget_hide(menu->id); | |
| 6889 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 6890 } | |
| 6891 } | |
| 6892 else | |
| 6893 { | |
| 6894 if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE(menu->id)) | |
| 6895 { | |
| 6896 gtk_widget_show(menu->id); | |
| 6897 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 6898 } | |
| 6899 } | |
| 6900 } | |
| 6901 | |
| 6902 /* | |
| 6903 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not. | |
| 6904 */ | |
| 6905 void | |
| 6906 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void) | |
| 6907 { | |
| 6908 /* just make sure that the visual changes get effect immediately */ | |
| 6909 gui_mch_update(); | |
| 6910 } | |
| 6911 #endif /* FEAT_MENU */ | |
| 6912 | |
| 6913 /* | |
| 6914 * Scrollbar stuff. | |
| 6915 */ | |
| 6916 void | |
| 6917 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb, int flag) | |
| 6918 { | |
| 6919 if (sb->id == NULL) | |
| 6920 return; | |
| 6921 | |
| 6922 if (flag) | |
| 6923 gtk_widget_show(sb->id); | |
| 6924 else | |
| 6925 gtk_widget_hide(sb->id); | |
| 6926 | |
| 791 | 6927 update_window_manager_hints(0, 0); |
| 7 | 6928 } |
| 6929 | |
| 6930 | |
| 6931 /* | |
| 6932 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long. | |
| 6933 */ | |
| 6934 long_u | |
| 6935 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel) | |
| 6936 { | |
| 6937 GdkColor color; | |
| 6938 #ifndef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 6939 GdkColorContext *cc; | |
| 6940 | |
| 6941 cc = gdk_color_context_new(gtk_widget_get_visual(gui.drawarea), | |
| 6942 gtk_widget_get_colormap(gui.drawarea)); | |
| 6943 color.pixel = pixel; | |
| 6944 gdk_color_context_query_color(cc, &color); | |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 gdk_color_context_free(cc); | |
| 6947 #else | |
| 6948 gdk_colormap_query_color(gtk_widget_get_colormap(gui.drawarea), | |
| 6949 (unsigned long)pixel, &color); | |
| 6950 #endif | |
| 6951 | |
| 6952 return (((unsigned)color.red & 0xff00) << 8) | |
| 6953 | ((unsigned)color.green & 0xff00) | |
| 6954 | (((unsigned)color.blue & 0xff00) >> 8); | |
| 6955 } | |
| 6956 | |
| 6957 /* | |
| 88 | 6958 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window. |
| 7 | 6959 */ |
| 88 | 6960 void |
| 6961 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y) | |
| 7 | 6962 { |
| 88 | 6963 gdk_window_get_pointer(gui.drawarea->window, x, y, NULL); |
| 7 | 6964 } |
| 6965 | |
| 6966 void | |
| 6967 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y) | |
| 6968 { | |
| 6969 /* Sorry for the Xlib call, but we can't avoid it, since there is no | |
| 6970 * internal GDK mechanism present to accomplish this. (and for good | |
| 6971 * reason...) */ | |
| 6972 XWarpPointer(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(gui.drawarea->window), | |
| 6973 (Window)0, GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(gui.drawarea->window), | |
| 6974 0, 0, 0U, 0U, x, y); | |
| 6975 } | |
| 6976 | |
| 6977 | |
| 6978 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 6979 /* The last set mouse pointer shape is remembered, to be used when it goes | |
| 6980 * from hidden to not hidden. */ | |
| 6981 static int last_shape = 0; | |
| 6982 #endif | |
| 6983 | |
| 6984 /* | |
| 6985 * Use the blank mouse pointer or not. | |
| 6986 * | |
| 6987 * hide: TRUE = use blank ptr, FALSE = use parent ptr | |
| 6988 */ | |
| 6989 void | |
| 6990 gui_mch_mousehide(int hide) | |
| 6991 { | |
| 6992 if (gui.pointer_hidden != hide) | |
| 6993 { | |
| 6994 gui.pointer_hidden = hide; | |
| 6995 if (gui.drawarea->window && gui.blank_pointer != NULL) | |
| 6996 { | |
| 6997 if (hide) | |
| 6998 gdk_window_set_cursor(gui.drawarea->window, gui.blank_pointer); | |
| 6999 else | |
| 7000 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 7001 mch_set_mouse_shape(last_shape); | |
| 7002 #else | |
| 7003 gdk_window_set_cursor(gui.drawarea->window, NULL); | |
| 7004 #endif | |
| 7005 } | |
| 7006 } | |
| 7007 } | |
| 7008 | |
| 7009 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7010 | |
| 7011 /* Table for shape IDs. Keep in sync with the mshape_names[] table in | |
| 7012 * misc2.c! */ | |
| 7013 static const int mshape_ids[] = | |
| 7014 { | |
| 7015 GDK_LEFT_PTR, /* arrow */ | |
| 7016 GDK_CURSOR_IS_PIXMAP, /* blank */ | |
| 7017 GDK_XTERM, /* beam */ | |
| 7018 GDK_SB_V_DOUBLE_ARROW, /* updown */ | |
| 7019 GDK_SIZING, /* udsizing */ | |
| 7020 GDK_SB_H_DOUBLE_ARROW, /* leftright */ | |
| 7021 GDK_SIZING, /* lrsizing */ | |
| 7022 GDK_WATCH, /* busy */ | |
| 7023 GDK_X_CURSOR, /* no */ | |
| 7024 GDK_CROSSHAIR, /* crosshair */ | |
| 7025 GDK_HAND1, /* hand1 */ | |
| 7026 GDK_HAND2, /* hand2 */ | |
| 7027 GDK_PENCIL, /* pencil */ | |
| 7028 GDK_QUESTION_ARROW, /* question */ | |
| 7029 GDK_RIGHT_PTR, /* right-arrow */ | |
| 7030 GDK_CENTER_PTR, /* up-arrow */ | |
| 7031 GDK_LEFT_PTR /* last one */ | |
| 7032 }; | |
| 7033 | |
| 7034 void | |
| 7035 mch_set_mouse_shape(int shape) | |
| 7036 { | |
| 7037 int id; | |
| 7038 GdkCursor *c; | |
| 7039 | |
| 7040 if (gui.drawarea->window == NULL) | |
| 7041 return; | |
| 7042 | |
| 7043 if (shape == MSHAPE_HIDE || gui.pointer_hidden) | |
| 7044 gdk_window_set_cursor(gui.drawarea->window, gui.blank_pointer); | |
| 7045 else | |
| 7046 { | |
| 7047 if (shape >= MSHAPE_NUMBERED) | |
| 7048 { | |
| 7049 id = shape - MSHAPE_NUMBERED; | |
| 7050 if (id >= GDK_LAST_CURSOR) | |
| 7051 id = GDK_LEFT_PTR; | |
| 7052 else | |
| 7053 id &= ~1; /* they are always even (why?) */ | |
| 7054 } | |
| 1884 | 7055 else if (shape < (int)(sizeof(mshape_ids) / sizeof(int))) |
| 7 | 7056 id = mshape_ids[shape]; |
| 842 | 7057 else |
| 7058 return; | |
| 7 | 7059 # ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD |
| 7060 c = gdk_cursor_new_for_display( | |
| 136 | 7061 gtk_widget_get_display(gui.drawarea), (GdkCursorType)id); |
| 7 | 7062 # else |
| 136 | 7063 c = gdk_cursor_new((GdkCursorType)id); |
| 7 | 7064 # endif |
| 7065 gdk_window_set_cursor(gui.drawarea->window, c); | |
| 7066 gdk_cursor_destroy(c); /* Unref, actually. Bloody GTK+ 1. */ | |
| 7067 } | |
| 7068 if (shape != MSHAPE_HIDE) | |
| 7069 last_shape = shape; | |
| 7070 } | |
| 7071 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSESHAPE */ | |
| 7072 | |
| 7073 | |
| 7074 #if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7075 /* | |
| 7076 * Signs are currently always 2 chars wide. With GTK+ 2, the image will be | |
| 7077 * scaled down if the current font is not big enough, or scaled up if the image | |
| 7078 * size is less than 3/4 of the maximum sign size. With GTK+ 1, the pixmap | |
| 7079 * will be cut off if the current font is not big enough, or centered if it's | |
| 7080 * too small. | |
| 7081 */ | |
| 7082 # define SIGN_WIDTH (2 * gui.char_width) | |
| 7083 # define SIGN_HEIGHT (gui.char_height) | |
| 7084 # define SIGN_ASPECT ((double)SIGN_HEIGHT / (double)SIGN_WIDTH) | |
| 7085 | |
| 7086 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 | |
| 7087 | |
| 7088 void | |
| 7089 gui_mch_drawsign(int row, int col, int typenr) | |
| 7090 { | |
| 7091 GdkPixbuf *sign; | |
| 7092 | |
| 7093 sign = (GdkPixbuf *)sign_get_image(typenr); | |
| 7094 | |
| 7095 if (sign != NULL && gui.drawarea != NULL && gui.drawarea->window != NULL) | |
| 7096 { | |
| 7097 int width; | |
| 7098 int height; | |
| 7099 int xoffset; | |
| 7100 int yoffset; | |
| 7101 int need_scale; | |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 width = gdk_pixbuf_get_width(sign); | |
| 7104 height = gdk_pixbuf_get_height(sign); | |
| 7105 /* | |
| 7106 * Decide whether we need to scale. Allow one pixel of border | |
| 7107 * width to be cut off, in order to avoid excessive scaling for | |
| 7108 * tiny differences in font size. | |
| 7109 */ | |
| 7110 need_scale = (width > SIGN_WIDTH + 2 | |
| 7111 || height > SIGN_HEIGHT + 2 | |
| 7112 || (width < 3 * SIGN_WIDTH / 4 | |
| 7113 && height < 3 * SIGN_HEIGHT / 4)); | |
| 7114 if (need_scale) | |
| 7115 { | |
| 7116 double aspect; | |
| 7117 | |
| 7118 /* Keep the original aspect ratio */ | |
| 7119 aspect = (double)height / (double)width; | |
| 7120 width = (double)SIGN_WIDTH * SIGN_ASPECT / aspect; | |
| 7121 width = MIN(width, SIGN_WIDTH); | |
| 7122 height = (double)width * aspect; | |
| 7123 | |
| 7124 /* This doesn't seem to be worth caching, and doing so | |
| 7125 * would complicate the code quite a bit. */ | |
| 7126 sign = gdk_pixbuf_scale_simple(sign, width, height, | |
| 7127 GDK_INTERP_BILINEAR); | |
| 7128 if (sign == NULL) | |
| 7129 return; /* out of memory */ | |
| 7130 } | |
| 7131 | |
| 7132 /* The origin is the upper-left corner of the pixmap. Therefore | |
| 7133 * these offset may become negative if the pixmap is smaller than | |
| 7134 * the 2x1 cells reserved for the sign icon. */ | |
| 7135 xoffset = (width - SIGN_WIDTH) / 2; | |
| 7136 yoffset = (height - SIGN_HEIGHT) / 2; | |
| 7137 | |
| 7138 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.bgcolor); | |
| 7139 | |
| 7140 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 7141 gui.text_gc, | |
| 7142 TRUE, | |
| 7143 FILL_X(col), | |
| 7144 FILL_Y(row), | |
| 7145 SIGN_WIDTH, | |
| 7146 SIGN_HEIGHT); | |
| 7147 | |
| 7148 # if GTK_CHECK_VERSION(2,1,1) | |
| 7149 gdk_draw_pixbuf(gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 7150 NULL, | |
| 7151 sign, | |
| 7152 MAX(0, xoffset), | |
| 7153 MAX(0, yoffset), | |
| 7154 FILL_X(col) - MIN(0, xoffset), | |
| 7155 FILL_Y(row) - MIN(0, yoffset), | |
| 7156 MIN(width, SIGN_WIDTH), | |
| 7157 MIN(height, SIGN_HEIGHT), | |
| 7158 GDK_RGB_DITHER_NORMAL, | |
| 7159 0, 0); | |
| 7160 # else | |
| 7161 gdk_pixbuf_render_to_drawable_alpha(sign, | |
| 7162 gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 7163 MAX(0, xoffset), | |
| 7164 MAX(0, yoffset), | |
| 7165 FILL_X(col) - MIN(0, xoffset), | |
| 7166 FILL_Y(row) - MIN(0, yoffset), | |
| 7167 MIN(width, SIGN_WIDTH), | |
| 7168 MIN(height, SIGN_HEIGHT), | |
| 7169 GDK_PIXBUF_ALPHA_BILEVEL, | |
| 7170 127, | |
| 7171 GDK_RGB_DITHER_NORMAL, | |
| 7172 0, 0); | |
| 7173 # endif | |
| 7174 if (need_scale) | |
| 7175 g_object_unref(sign); | |
| 7176 } | |
| 7177 } | |
| 7178 | |
| 7179 void * | |
| 7180 gui_mch_register_sign(char_u *signfile) | |
| 7181 { | |
| 7182 if (signfile[0] != NUL && signfile[0] != '-' && gui.in_use) | |
| 7183 { | |
| 7184 GdkPixbuf *sign; | |
| 7185 GError *error = NULL; | |
| 7186 char_u *message; | |
| 7187 | |
| 7188 sign = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file((const char *)signfile, &error); | |
| 7189 | |
| 7190 if (error == NULL) | |
| 7191 return sign; | |
| 7192 | |
| 7193 message = (char_u *)error->message; | |
| 7194 | |
| 7195 if (message != NULL && input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 7196 message = string_convert(&input_conv, message, NULL); | |
| 7197 | |
| 7198 if (message != NULL) | |
| 7199 { | |
| 7200 /* The error message is already translated and will be more | |
| 7201 * descriptive than anything we could possibly do ourselves. */ | |
| 7202 EMSG2("E255: %s", message); | |
| 7203 | |
| 7204 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 7205 vim_free(message); | |
| 7206 } | |
| 7207 g_error_free(error); | |
| 7208 } | |
| 7209 | |
| 7210 return NULL; | |
| 7211 } | |
| 7212 | |
| 7213 void | |
| 7214 gui_mch_destroy_sign(void *sign) | |
| 7215 { | |
| 7216 if (sign != NULL) | |
| 7217 g_object_unref(sign); | |
| 7218 } | |
| 7219 | |
| 7220 # else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 7221 | |
| 7222 typedef struct | |
| 7223 { | |
| 7224 GdkPixmap *pixmap; | |
| 7225 GdkBitmap *mask; | |
| 7226 } | |
| 7227 signicon_T; | |
| 7228 | |
| 7229 void | |
| 7230 gui_mch_drawsign(int row, int col, int typenr) | |
| 7231 { | |
| 7232 signicon_T *sign; | |
| 7233 | |
| 7234 sign = (signicon_T *)sign_get_image(typenr); | |
| 7235 | |
| 7236 if (sign != NULL && sign->pixmap != NULL | |
| 7237 && gui.drawarea != NULL && gui.drawarea->window != NULL) | |
| 7238 { | |
| 7239 int width; | |
| 7240 int height; | |
| 7241 int xoffset; | |
| 7242 int yoffset; | |
| 7243 | |
| 7244 gdk_window_get_size(sign->pixmap, &width, &height); | |
| 7245 | |
| 7246 /* The origin is the upper-left corner of the pixmap. Therefore | |
| 7247 * these offset may become negative if the pixmap is smaller than | |
| 7248 * the 2x1 cells reserved for the sign icon. */ | |
| 7249 xoffset = (width - SIGN_WIDTH) / 2; | |
| 7250 yoffset = (height - SIGN_HEIGHT) / 2; | |
| 7251 | |
| 7252 gdk_gc_set_foreground(gui.text_gc, gui.bgcolor); | |
| 7253 | |
| 7254 gdk_draw_rectangle(gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 7255 gui.text_gc, | |
| 7256 TRUE, | |
| 7257 FILL_X(col), | |
| 7258 FILL_Y(row), | |
| 7259 SIGN_WIDTH, | |
| 7260 SIGN_HEIGHT); | |
| 7261 | |
| 7262 /* Set the clip mask for bilevel transparency */ | |
| 7263 if (sign->mask != NULL) | |
| 7264 { | |
| 7265 gdk_gc_set_clip_origin(gui.text_gc, | |
| 7266 FILL_X(col) - xoffset, | |
| 7267 FILL_Y(row) - yoffset); | |
| 7268 gdk_gc_set_clip_mask(gui.text_gc, sign->mask); | |
| 7269 } | |
| 7270 | |
| 7271 gdk_draw_pixmap(gui.drawarea->window, | |
| 7272 gui.text_gc, | |
| 7273 sign->pixmap, | |
| 7274 MAX(0, xoffset), | |
| 7275 MAX(0, yoffset), | |
| 7276 FILL_X(col) - MIN(0, xoffset), | |
| 7277 FILL_Y(row) - MIN(0, yoffset), | |
| 7278 MIN(width, SIGN_WIDTH), | |
| 7279 MIN(height, SIGN_HEIGHT)); | |
| 7280 | |
| 7281 gdk_gc_set_clip_mask(gui.text_gc, NULL); | |
| 7282 } | |
| 7283 } | |
| 7284 | |
| 7285 void * | |
| 7286 gui_mch_register_sign(char_u *signfile) | |
| 7287 { | |
| 7288 signicon_T *sign = NULL; | |
| 7289 | |
| 7290 if (signfile[0] != NUL && signfile[0] != '-' | |
| 7291 && gui.drawarea != NULL && gui.drawarea->window != NULL) | |
| 7292 { | |
| 7293 sign = (signicon_T *)alloc(sizeof(signicon_T)); | |
| 7294 | |
| 7295 if (sign != NULL) /* NULL == OOM == "cannot really happen" */ | |
| 7296 { | |
| 7297 sign->mask = NULL; | |
| 7298 sign->pixmap = gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm( | |
| 7299 gui.drawarea->window, NULL, | |
| 7300 &sign->mask, NULL, | |
| 7301 (const char *)signfile); | |
| 7302 | |
| 7303 if (sign->pixmap == NULL) | |
| 7304 { | |
| 7305 vim_free(sign); | |
| 7306 sign = NULL; | |
| 7307 EMSG(_(e_signdata)); | |
| 7308 } | |
| 7309 } | |
| 7310 } | |
| 7311 return sign; | |
| 7312 } | |
| 7313 | |
| 7314 void | |
| 7315 gui_mch_destroy_sign(void *sign) | |
| 7316 { | |
| 7317 if (sign != NULL) | |
| 7318 { | |
| 7319 signicon_T *signicon = (signicon_T *)sign; | |
| 7320 | |
| 7321 if (signicon->pixmap != NULL) | |
| 7322 gdk_pixmap_unref(signicon->pixmap); | |
| 7323 if (signicon->mask != NULL) | |
| 7324 gdk_bitmap_unref(signicon->mask); | |
| 7325 | |
| 7326 vim_free(signicon); | |
| 7327 } | |
| 7328 } | |
| 7329 # endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */ | |
| 7330 | |
| 7331 #endif /* FEAT_SIGN_ICONS */ |